Storage Direct 2011 Catalogue

Page 1

storage and Handling Catalogue 2011 Small Parts Storage

Shelving & Accessories

storage design limited

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Cabinets & Lockers

Handling, Containers & Pallets

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Office Furniture & Storage

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Steps, Ladders & Access Products

Projects

sd18 2011

Storage Design Limited Primrose Hill Cowbridge South Wales CF71 7DU

storage design limited

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

email storagedirect@storage-design.ltd.uk tel 01446 772614 fax 01446 774770


Storage Design Limited are a registered distributor of the Storage Direct product range. We are one of the largest European manufacturers of racking, shelving, storage systems and equipment and our famous name brands of APEX and Linvar are synonymous in the industry. We can provide a comprehensive range of storage and handling solutions We provide a comprehensive service. This includes evaluating your storage and handling needs, designing the right solutions and then manufacturing and installing the racking and shelving systems required.

Order Online – anytime Day or night, 7days a week you can order online from Storage Direct. Our website is always up to date with the latest products, prices and online special offers. Designed to give you fast navigation to find the product you are looking for. Just visit www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Regular update mini catalogue and emails We want to keep you informed with the latest products and deals, which is why every so often we will send you an updated mini catalogue and emails called SD Highlights. These will include upcoming special offers and new products to the Storage Direct range. Register online at www.storage-design.ltd.uk

One to one help and support Unlike other suppliers, the Storage Direct Catalogue comes with something very special – people. They are here to help you find the right product for your needs – even if it’s not in the catalogue. If required we can take on entire storage and handling project, tailored to your needs, please call us for details. We make purchasing easy, you can open an account, pay by credit card or pro-forma invoice – whichever you prefer.

A wide range of products delivered direct from UK manufacturers Over 90% of the products in the Storage Direct Catalogue come directly to you from UK manufacturers, bringing all the benefits of value for money, quality and robust workmanship, meeting all British Standards. Delivery times for all of our products are available on request – please call: 01446 772614 for details. Delivery is free on orders over £150 before VAT to UK mainland (except the north of Scotland and Cornwall). On orders under £150 before VAT there will be £10 administration charge. Some of our products may carry a surcharge, in which case you will be informed when we receive your order.

How to order telephone: 01446 772614

e-mail: storagedirect@storage-design.ltd.uk

Fax: 01446 774770

online: www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Storage Design Limited Primrose Hill Cowbridge South Wales CF71 7DU

storage design limited

email storagedirect@storage-design.ltd.uk tel 01446 772614 fax 01446 774770


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

contents Page

small parts storage

shelving & accessories

racking & warehouse equipment

cabinets & lockers

handling, containers & pallets

mobiles, trucks & trolleys

workshop, benches & tool storage

office furniture & storage

health, safety, waste & environmental

steps, ladders & access products

projects index

3 17 41 59 69 79 105 121 135 155 165 173

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

New Products

New Products

2

Zamba Twinslot Shelving

Racksack

New robust wall mounted shelving. These new packs come complete with 2 uprights, 3 shelves, 3 adjustable brackets and 6 spring rod book ends. See page 19 for details.

Waste management problems are easily solved with the Racksack. Suitable for most warehouse racking systems. See page 54 for details.

Cantilever Racking

Euro Container Shelving

Our new range of cantilever racking is designed for the safe and effective storage of long length items such as packs of timber, metal and plastics. See page 46 for details.

New compact line side storage for 600 x 400mm Euro Containers. Bay units are adjustable to suit different container heights. See page 72 for details.

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

small parts storage Page

linbins

louvre panels & linbin kits

linbin trays & accessories

visible storage cabinets

storage bin cabinets

stala tilt bins

4 8 12 14 15 16

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbins

Coloured Linbins If it doesn't say Linbin® it's not the Tough Original! Order Linbins and you get a better bin. It's the original and it's still the best. It comes in a bigger range of sizes, it's stronger and lasts far longer. Linbins solve so many storage problems so well, no wonder they’re used in every industry imaginable. You can stack them, and they won’t distort. You can attach them to our louvre panels, where they stay put, even when fully loaded. There are ten different sizes to choose from – all available in four bright colours, clearview or our economical grey. Coloured Linbins are great for identifying products or simply brightening up your storage. However, if you’d rather have Linbin quality at the lowest possible price, our grey Linbins are your ideal choice.

information box Linbins - Setting the standards for industry How many Linbins do you need? If you’re using Linbins on our louvre panels there’s a quick way to calculate how many Linbins you’ll need. You can work it out once you’ve chosen your panels. On [page 8] you’ll find all the wall mounted louvre panels and the quick calculation guide.

information box Ten reasons why you're better off with a Linbin

information box

Order now! The best bins in the world 1. Divider slots except size 1 and 9 2. Deep back lip fits securely onto louvre panel 3. Your logo in corporate colours (minimum order)

Linbin Size

4. Incredibly strong girder type moulding to provide extra stacking strength

Panel

Size 1

Capacity

On Louvre

2.3kg

2.3kg

Size 2

13.5kg

4.5kg

Size 3

13.5kg

4.5kg

Size 4

27.0kg

13.5kg

Size 5

27.0kg

13.5kg

Size 6

27.0kg

22.5kg

9. Wide top lip and locator for secure stacking

Size 7

36.0kg

22.5kg

10. Largest range – 10 sizes and 6 colours

Size 8

54.0kg

27.0kg

Size 9

54.0kg

27.0kg

Size 10

68.0kg

45.5kg

5. Wide base for secure stacking 6. Toughest material available – high strength polypropylene co-polymer 7. Wide identification label supplied free with every Linbin 8. Smooth interior with curved edges for easy cleaning and product picking

4

Just how strong are Linbins?

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Coloured Linbins

made in the UK

Coloured Linbins Small Parts Storage

Ten sizes in four bright colours Choose different colours for faster product identification •

The toughest bin available

Reinforcing ribs – stack without distortion

Full width lip – secure fixing to louvre panel

From only

61p each 40 per pack

Discounts available for larger quantities Coloured Linbin Packs – Just choose your colours Add colour code red (RD), yellow (YE), green (GN) or blue (BL) Price £ A Order 4-10 1-3

Price £ B 4-10

Price £ C 11+

Size

Length

Width

Height

LBU

Pack Qty

1

105mm

105mm

50mm

1/2

40

VPK01A

£28.54

VPK01B

£25.59

VPK01C

£24.31

2

135mm

105mm

75mm

1

20

VPK02A

£17.14

VPK02B

£16.29

VPK02C

£15.47

3

190mm

105mm

75mm

1

20

VPK03A

£22.71

VPK03B

£21.57

VPK03C

£20.50

4

210mm

140mm

130mm

2

10

VPK04A

£23.46

VPK04B

£22.29

VPK04C

£21.17

Order 1-3

Order 11+

5

280mm

140mm

130mm

2

10

VPK05A

£33.66

VPK05B

£31.90

VPK05C

£30.38

6

280mm

210mm

180mm

4

10

VPK06A

£53.49

VPK06B

£50.82

VPK06C

£48.28

7

375mm

210mm

180mm

4

10

VPK07A

£56.34

VPK07B

£53.52

VPK07C

£50.84

8

375mm

420mm

180mm

8

5

VPK08A

£47.64

VPK08B

£45.26

VPK08C

£43.00

9

455mm

210mm

230mm

5

5

VPK09A

£53.40

VPK09B

£50.73

VPK09C

£48.19

10

455mm

420mm

295mm

12

3

VPK10A

£48.24

VPK10B

£45.82

VPK10C

£43.53

Note: packs are in quantities stated, one colour per pack. Please specify colour when ordering.

Linbin Divider Packs Dividers will fit into most Linbins - some will accept two For Linbin Size Pack Qty

Order 1-3

Price £

Order 4-10

Price £

Order 11+

Price £

Size 2

20

VDKP2A

£9.53

VDKP2B

£9.06

VDKP2C

£8.60

Size 3

20

VDKP3A

£11.32

VDKP3B

£10.75

VDKP3C

£10.22 £10.75

Size 4

20

VDKP4A

£11.92

VDKP4B

£11.32

VDKP4C

Size 5

10

VDKP5A

£9.18

VDKP5B

£8.72

VDKP5C

£8.28

Size 6

10

VDKP6A

£15.46

VDKP6B

£14.69

VDKP6C

£13.95

Size 7

5

VDKP7A

£8.45

VDKP7B

£8.02

VDKP7C

£7.62

Size 8

5

VDKP8A

£8.45

VDKP8B

£8.02

VDKP8C

£7.62

Size 10

3

VDKP10A

£12.07

VDKP10B

£11.47

VDKP10C

£10.90

Note: Linbin sizes 8 and 10 will accomodate one or two dividers each. Sizes 1 and 9 will not accept dividers.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

5


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Clear Linbins

Clearview Linbins Ideal for environments where hygiene is paramount • Hospitals • Laboratories • Food industry • Research Departments • Colleges The dimensions are exactly the same as the successful colour and grey Linbin Range, therefore you can implement these Linbins into an existing environment of small parts storage using standard louvre panels. •

Available in four sizes as standard

Lightweight

Smooth easy-clean finish

Durable

See stock levels at a glance

Fully compatible with standard Linbins

Discounts available for larger quantities

Height

Pack Qty

Order 1-3

105mm

75mm

20

VPK02ACL

£17.14

VPK02BCL

£16.29

VPK02CCL

£15.47

140mm

130mm

10

VPK04ACL

£23.46

VPK04BCL

£22.29

VPK04CCL

£21.17

Size

LBU

Length

Width

2

1

135mm

4

2

210mm

Price £

Order 4-10

Price £

Order 11+

Price £

6

4

280mm

210mm

180mm

10

VPK06ACL

£53.49

VPK06BCL

£50.82

VPK06CCL

£48.28

8

8

375mm

420mm

180mm

5

VPK08ACL

£47.64

VPK08BCL

£45.26

VPK08CCL

£43.00

Clearview Linbin and Louvre Trolley Kit

information box

1100mm high tidy trolley complete with 16 x No.8 Clearview Linbins. •

See stock levels at a glance

Easy product selection

Durable

Hygienic

Louvre Panels Pleas see page 8 for Louvre Panels.

Add Clearview Linbins to your Louvre Trolley – or simply buy a complete kit

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley complete with 16 Linbins VTCPK1

505.00

£

6

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Economical Grey Linbins

Why are grey Linbins so economical?

Save up to 25% on Grey Linbins

Grey Linbins are exactly the same as coloured Linbins. They’re just as strong because they’re made to the same design, on the same moulds, using the same high-strength polypropylene co-polymer. So why do they cost up to 25% less than coloured Linbins?

The toughest bin available

Made from high-strength polypropylene co-polymer

Large label slot – quicker stock picking

Labels supplied

Simple – we save on colour pigment and since over 60% of our sales are grey Linbins, we produce larger batch quantities and pass the savings on to you.

Reinforcing ribs – stack without distortion

Same top quality

Full width lip – secure fixing to louvre panel

Same unique design

Biggest choice of sizes on the market

Same high strength

Small Parts Storage

Grey Linbins

made in the UK

From only

55p each 40 per pack

Discounts available for larger quantities - call us for details Size

Length

Width

Height

1

105mm

105mm

50mm

2

135mm

105mm

75mm

Order 1-3

Order 4-10

Pack Qty

/2

40

VPK01AGR

£24.25

VPK01BGR

£23.04

VPK01CGR

£21.89

1

20

VPK02AGR

£15.44

VPK02BGR

£14.66

VPK02CGR

£13.93

1

Price £

Price £

Order 11+

LBU

Price £

3

190mm

105mm

75mm

1

20

VPK03AGR

£20.45

VPK03BGR

£19.43

VPK03CGR

£18.46

4

210mm

140mm

130mm

2

10

VPK04AGR

£21.13

VPK04BGR

£20.07

VPK04CGR

£19.07

5

280mm

140mm

130mm

2

10

VPK05AGR

£30.31

VPK05BGR

£28.79

VPK05CGR

£27.35

6

280mm

210mm

180mm

4

10

VPK06AGR

£48.17

VPK06BGR

£45.76

VPK06CGR

£43.47

7

375mm

210mm

180mm

4

10

VPK07AGR

£50.73

VPK07BGR

£48.19

VPK07CGR

£45.78

8

375mm

420mm

180mm

8

5

VPK08AGR

£42.90

VPK08BGR

£40.75

VPK08CGR

£38.72

9

455mm

210mm

230mm

5

5

VPK09AGR

£48.08

VPK09BGR

£45.68

VPK09CGR

£43.39

10

455mm

420mm

295mm

12

3

VPK10AGR

£43.43

VPK10BGR

£41.26

VPK10CGR

£39.20

Note: Packs are supplied in quantities stated.

Linbin Divider Packs Dividers will fit into most Linbins - some will accept two For Linbin Size Pack Qty

Order 1-3

Price £

Order 4-10

Price £

Order 11+

Price £

Size 2

20

VDKP2A

£9.53

VDKP2B

£9.06

VDKP2C

£8.60

Size 3

20

VDKP3A

£11.32

VDKP3B

£10.75

VDKP3C

£10.22 £10.75

Size 4

20

VDKP4A

£11.92

VDKP4B

£11.32

VDKP4C

Size 5

10

VDKP5A

£9.18

VDKP5B

£8.72

VDKP5C

£8.28

Size 6

10

VDKP6A

£15.46

VDKP6B

£14.69

VDKP6C

£13.95

Size 7

5

VDKP7A

£8.45

VDKP7B

£8.02

VDKP7C

£7.62

Size 8

5

VDKP8A

£8.45

VDKP8B

£8.02

VDKP8C

£7.62

Size 10

3

VDKP10A

£12.07

VDKP10B

£11.47

VDKP10C

£10.90

Note: Linbin sizes 8 and 10 will accomodate one or two dividers each. Sizes 1 and 9 will not accept dividers.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website. STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

7


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Louvre Panels

Wall Mounted Louvre Panels Turn empty wallspace into useful storage Our strong steel louvre panels fit walls and other empty vertical surfaces such as desk sides and bench ends. The fixing holes are at 100mm pitch so the panels can be interlinked for a continuous run with no wasteful or unsightly gaps. •

Strong pressed steel construction

Epoxy powder coated for a smart, durable finish

Available in 4 sizes

2 colour options - blue or grey

Can be purchased with Linbins as complete kits Height

Width

LBU

Colour

Order

Order

Price £

450mm

500mm

16

Grey

VLP1GR

Price £ Colour £13.99

Blue

VLP1BL

£13.99

900mm

500mm

32

Grey

VLP2GR

£20.22

Blue

VLP2BL

£20.22

1400mm

500mm

52

Grey

VLP3GR

£25.30

Blue

VLP3BL

£25.30

1800mm (2 x 900)

500mm

68

Grey

VLP4GR

£40.44

Blue

VLP4BL

£40.44

2x 900H x 500W Panels VLP4GR

40.44

£

1500H x 500W Panel VLP3GR

25.30

£

900H x 500W Panel VLP2GR

20.22

£

450H x 500W Panel VLP1GR

13.99

£

information box How many Linbins will fit on a panel? Epoxy powder coated for a smart, durable finish

Screw on a louvre panel and you’ve got a valuable and versatile storage unit

Every louvre panel has a Linbin Unit capacity (LBU). This is the total area available for Linbins. Each Linbin also has an LBU value. By adding together the LBU values of all the Linbins required, you can then match this to the LBU capacity of the louvre panel. Please note, each Linbin also has a size number, this is not the same as the LBU value! For example: On a louvre panel with an LBU capacity of 16 you could fit 8 Linbins with an LBU value of 1 (Linbin size numbers 2 or 3) and 2 Linbins with an LBU value of 4 (Linbin size number 6). Total Linbin LBU value = 16 to match the louvre panel.

= 4 LBU = 4 LBU = 8 LBU = 16 LBU

8

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Wall mounted Louvre Panel Linbin Kits

450mm High Louvre Panel Linbin Kit

Ready-to-go kits for instant storage

450mm high x 500mm wide Louvre panel complete with 16 coloured or grey Linbins

Turn virtually any spare vertical space into useful storage

900mm High Louvre Panel Linbin Kit 900mm high x 500mm wide Louvre panel complete with 25 coloured or grey Linbins

16 Linbins supplied: 4 x No.3 Yellow, 4 x No.3 Blue, 4 x No.2 Green and 4 x No.2 Red - or the same combination Linbins in Grey

Small Parts Storage

Louvre Panel Linbin Kits

made in the UK

25 Linbins supplied: 8 x No.2 Blue, 8 x No.3 Yellow, 3 x No.4 Green and 6 x No.4 Red Or the same combination Linbins in Grey

900 x 500 Louvre Panel + 25 Coloured Linbins VWPK8

58.00

£

900 x 500 Louvre Panel + 25 Grey Linbins VWPK8A

£

53.00

450 x 500 panel + 16 Coloured Linbins VWPK1

29

£

.86

450 x 500 panel + 16 Grey Linbins VWPK1A

27.00

£

900mm High Louvre Panel Linbin Kit

1400mm High Louvre Panel Linbin Kits

900mm high x 500mm wide Louvre panel complete with 25 coloured or grey Linbins

1400mm high x 500mm wide Louvre panel complete with 27 coloured or grey Linbins

25 Linbins supplied:

27 Linbins supplied:

8 x No.2 Blue,

6 x No.4 Blue

8 x No.3 Red,

9 x No.5 Red

6 x No.4 Yellow and

6 x No.5 Green

3 x No.5 Green

6 x No.5 Yellow

Or the same combination Linbins in Grey

Or the same combination Linbins in Grey

900 x 500 Louvre Panel + 25 Coloured Linbins VWPK5

60.00

£

900 x 500 Louvre Panel + 25 Grey Linbins VWPK5A

54.00

£

1400 x 500 panel + 27 Coloured Linbins VWPK10

109.00

£

1400 x 500 panel + 27 Grey Linbins VWPK10A

95.00

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

9


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Louvre Trolleys

Louvre Trolley •

Heavy duty frame accepts up to 250kg

Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors

2 braked castors fitted to all trolleys as standard

Made to last, great value

Two sizes

Add your own choice of Linbins (use LBU values)

Choose complete Louvre Trolley and Linbins package

Quickly assembled

Ideal for every use from workstation replenishment to order picking

Save time by bringing the parts store to the person

Linbins include FREE identification labels

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley VTRP1000

350.00

£

LBU Value 2 x 68 = 136

1600H x 600W x 1600L Tidy Trolley VTRP1400

425.00

£

LBU Value 2 x 172 = 344

information box To calculate how many Linbins you need, see [page 8]

1100mm high Louvre Trolley & Linbin Kits Choose a trolley with bright colourful Linbins or economy grey for extra saving

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley with 76 colour Linbins VTRPK15

545.00

£

10

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley with 76 grey Linbins VTRPK15A

510.00

£

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley with 52 Colour Linbins VTRPK10

525.00

£

1100H x 600W x 1100L Tidy Trolley with 52 Grey Linbins VTRPK10A

495.00

£

76 Linbins supplied:

52 Linbins supplied:

16 x No.3 Red, 12 x No.4 Green, 12 x No.4 Yellow, 12 x No.5 Red, 12 x No.5 Blue, 12 x No.5 Yellow or the same combination Linbins in Grey

Grey version shown, coloured combination includes 16 x No.3 Blue, 12 x No.4 Yellow, 12 x No.5 Green, 8 x No.6 Red and 4 x No.8 Blue

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Freestanding Louvre Panels

made in the UK

Freestanding Louvre Panels Small Parts Storage

Add Linbin storage anywhere Our Freestanding Louvre Panels assemble in minutes to provide a rock-steady home for a full set of Linbins, no matter how heavily loaded.

Single-sided louvre panel units Description

LBU

Order

Price £

Initial Unit

1400mm 1000mm

Height

Width

135

VSSR1410I

£195.00

Initial Unit

1800mm 1000mm

153

VSSR1810I

£205.00

Additional Bay Panel 1400mm 1000mm

135

VSSR1410A

£145.00

Additional Bay Panel 1800mm 1000mm

153

VSSR1810A

£160.00

All above panels are supplied without Linbins

Double-sided louvre panel units Description

LBU

Order

Price £

Initial Unit

1400mm 1000mm

Height

Width

270

VDSR1410I

£250.00

Initial Unit

1800mm 1000mm

306

VDSR1810I

£268.00

Additional Bay Panel 1400mm 1000mm

270

VDSR1410A

£195.00

Additional Bay Panel 1800mm 1000mm

306

VDSR1810A

£210.00

All above panels are supplied without Linbins

Freestanding Louvre Panel Kits Freestanding Louvre Panel Kits single and double sided panels supplied complete with coloured or grey Linbins.

1400mm High Single Sided Louvre Panel Kit

Single Sided Louvre Panel with 56 grey Linbins VSTRPK3A

319.00

£

Single Sided Louvre Panel with 56 colour Linbins VSTRPK3

329.00

£

1800mm High Single Sided Louvre Panel Kit

Single Sided Louvre Panel with 52 grey Linbins VSTRPK1A

345.00

£

Single Sided Louvre Panel with 52 colour Linbins VSTRPK1

£

370.00

56 Linbins supplied:

52 Linbins supplied:

16 x No.2 Red, 8 x No.3 Yellow, 12 x No.4 Blue, 12 x No.5 Green, 8 x No.6 Blue Linbins or the same combination Linbins in Grey

24 x No.2 Red, 18 x No.4 Blue, 4 x No.6 Yellow, 4 x No.8 Red 2 x No.10 Green or the same combination Linbins in Grey

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

11


Linbin Trays

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbin Trays make better use of space Linbin Trays let you store more in the same space. The 400mm deep trays can take up to six dividers, giving seven individual compartments – and the 500mm deep trays can take up to eight dividers, for nine compartments.

information box Reasons why you're better off with Trays 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Tough polypropylene for long life Unique structural design keeps shape Card holders front and rear for fast, accurate picking Positive pull grip for safe and comfortable handling Can be subdivided for different items Designed for automated and robotic stems Optional wire end stops prevent travel beyond shelf edge

All the qualities of Linbins and more Linbin trays have index cards at the back and front plus a moulded end stop that keeps the tray at a convenient angle – all for more efficient picking. There’s also the option of a wire end stop that positively prevents travel beyond the shelf edge – a useful safety feature if the shelf contents are heavy.

Designed to fit automated systems Linbin Trays are designed to fit automated carousel machines and robotic picking systems.

There's a size that's right for your stock There are six sizes to fit Linspace shelving (or even non-Linspace shelving). All the popular packs shown on page 13 are supplied complete with free identification cards.

information box Linbin Trays - see them featured on the following pages

Shelving – [Page 27]

12

Cabinets – [Page 63]

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbin Trays

made in the UK

From 400 x 94 x 80mm to 500 x 188 x 115mm From

5

£ .39

From

3

£ .89

Each

Pack 5 - 10 Linbin Trays 500D x 188W x 80H VT0PK5C From

Pack 6 - 10 Linbin Trays 500D x 188W x 115H VT0PK6C From

53.90

2

£ .72

£

£

From

Each

Pack 4 - 20 Linbin Trays 500D x 94W x 80H VT0PK4C From

38.87

£

Each

From

54.49

5

£ .08

From

3

From

2

£ .64

Each

Pack 3 - 10 Linbin Trays 400D x 188W x 115H VT0PK3C From

50.79

£

£ .37

Each

Pack 2 - 10 Linbin Trays 400D x 188W x 80H VT0PK2C From

36.39

£

Each

Small Parts Storage

Linbin Trays

Pack 1 - 20 Linbin Trays 400D x 94W x 80H VT0PK1C From

47.45

£

Linbin Trays Length

Width

400mm

94mm

Height Quantity 80mm

20

VT0PK1A

Order

Price £ £52.58

VT0PK1B

Order

Price £ £49.95

VT0PK1C

Order

Price £

400mm

188mm

80mm

10

VT0PK2A

£40.32

VT0PK2B

£38.30

VT0PK2C

£36.39

400mm

188mm

115mm

10

VT0PK3A

£56.28

VT0PK3B

£53.46

VT0PK3C

£50.79

500mm

94mm

80mm

20

VT0PK4A

£60.37

VT0PK4B

£57.36

VT0PK4C

£54.49

500mm

188mm

80mm

10

VT0PK5A

£43.07

VT0PK5B

£40.92

VT0PK5C

£38.87

500mm

188mm

115mm

10

VT0PK6A

£59.72

VT0PK6B

£56.73

VT0PK6C

£53.90

Price £

Order 4-10

£47.45

Each pack is supplied with 40 labels

Linbin Tray Dividers Fits trays

Quantity

Order 1-3

VT0PK1/VT0PK4

20

VTPART1A

£6.20

VTPART1B

Price £

Order 11+

£5.89

VTPART1C

Price £ £5.59

VT0PK2/VT0PK5

10

VTPART2A

£4.59

VTPART2B

£4.36

VTPART2C

£4.15

VT0PK3/VT0PK6

10

VTPART3A

£5.74

VTPART3B

£5.45

VTPART3C

£5.18

Linbin Tray Dividers

Each pack is supplied with 20 labels

Linbin Tray End Stops Designed for shelving to hold tray at a convenient angle The moulded end stop holds the tray at a convenient angle for order picking. Optional wire end stops VEWS1 and VESW2 prevent the tray moving beyond the shelf edge. Fits trays

Quantity

Order

Price £

VT0PK1/VT0PK4

20

VESW1

£14.30

VT0PK2/VT0PK3/ VT0PK5/VT0PK6

10

VESW2

£7.15

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

13


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Visible Storage Cabinets

Visible Storage Cabinets These versatile cabinets can be used as freestanding units, hung on walls or mounted on a space-saving Spacemiser turntable, stands or trolley. •

Clear Drawers

Robust Polypropylene frames

Strong galvanised steel shelves

Two height and seven drawer options

Handles recessed for protection in transit

Drawer dividers avaliable

290 Series Range

V290-3

V291-3

V292-3

V294-3

V290C-3

V296-3

V297-3

Overall Dimensions - 290 x 310 x 180 mm Description

Drawer dimensions: Order LxWxH

Price £

30 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 55 x 37mm

V290-3

24 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 69 x 37mm

V291-3

£26.90 £26.90

12 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 138 x 37mm

V292-3

£26.90

12 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 92 x 59mm

V294-3

£26.90

4 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 277 x 59mm

V296-3

£26.90

6 Drawer 290 Cabinet

175 x 138 x 81mm

V297-3

£26.90

16 Mixed Drawer 290 Cabinet

*

V290C-3

£26.90

* 12x L175 x W69 x H37mm, 3x L175 x W92 x H59mm and 1x L175 x W277 x H59mm

550 Series Range Overall Dimensions - 550 x 310 x 180mm Description

Drawer dimensions: LxWxH

Order

Price £

60 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 55 x 37mm

V550-3

£48.00

48 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 69 x 37mm

V551-3

£48.00

24 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 138 x 37mm

V552-3

£48.00

24 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 92 x 59mm

V554-3

£48.00

8 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 277 x 59mm

V556-3

£48.00

12 Drawer 550 Cabinet

175 x 138 x 81mm

V557-3

£48.00

32 Mixed Drawer 550 Cabinet

*

V550C-3

£48.00

V550-3

V551-3

V552-3

V556-3

V557-3

V550C-3

V554-3

* 24x L175 x W69 x H37mm, 6x L175 x W92 x H59mm and 2x L175 x W277 x H59mm

Cross Dividers Description

Order

Pack Qty

Price £

Cross Divider for use with: V290-3 & V550-3

VV-00

10

£1.60

Cross Divider for use with: V291-3 & V551-3

VV-01 *

10

£1.70

Cross Divider for use with: V292-3 & V552-3

VV-02

10

£2.20

Cross Divider for use with: V294-3 & V554-3

VV-04 *

10

£2.30

Cross Divider for use with: V296-3 & V556-3

VV-06 *

10

£4.40

10

£3.60

Cross Divider for use with: V297-3 & V557-3 VV-07 * All three suitable for use with V290C-3 and V550C3-3

Spacemiser Carousel (carousel only) 550 x 550 x 1730mm V12-550

169.00

£

Spacemiser Carousel - carousel complete with cabinets V12-550KIT

Spacemiser Turntable Needing only 0.25 square metres of floorspace, this free-turning assembly holds twelve 550 Series Visible Storage Cabinets in three layers. Each layer contains four cabinets (ordered separately) •

Stores up to 4320 different items

Ball bearing base

Easy Assembly

400kg Load

708.00

£

Cabinet Stands and Trolley

14

Stylish Design

Space saving storage

Can be used with any combination of 550mm cabinets

Easy Assembly

Epoxy Powder coated steel frame

Single stand holds four cabinets, double holds eight

12mm laminated bottom shelf on trolley

Cabinets ordered separately

Single Stand 420 x 760 x 1585mm VBS550L

207.00

£

Double Stand 600 x 760 x 1585mm VBS550T

219.00

£

Double Trolley 600 x 760 x 1700mm VBT550

261.00

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Bin Cabinets

Storage Bin Cabinets Small Parts Storage

From complete turntable kits to bin cabinets that can be wall mounted if required, finding and storing small parts has never been so easy. These storage bin cabinets can be used in workshop, stores and other small parts applications. •

Simply choose your colour of storage bin.

Clear, red, blue and grey

Cabinets can be wall hung or free standing

Can be vertically stacked

Can be turntable mounted for space saving

300 Series Range Overall Dimensions: 300 x 400 x 395mm Description

Bin Colour

Bin Material

External Bin Size

Order

Price £

8 Bin 300 Cabinet

Clear

Polystyrene

D300 x W186 x H82mm

V0830-1

£79.00

8 Bin 300 Cabinet

Red

Polypropylene

D300 x W186 x H82mm

V0830-5

£79.00

8 Bin 300 Cabinet

Blue

Polypropylene

D300 x W186 x H82mm

V0830-6

£79.00

8 Bin 300 Cabinet

Grey

Polypropylene

D300 x W186 x H82mm

V0830-3

£79.00

16 Bin 300 Cabinet

Clear

Polystyrene

D300 x W92 x H82mm

V1630-1

£87.00

16 Bin 300 Cabinet

Red

Polypropylene

D300 x W92 x H82mm

V1630-5

£87.00

16 Bin 300 Cabinet

Blue

Polypropylene

D300 x W92 x H82mm

V1630-6

£87.00

16 Bin 300 Cabinet

Grey

Polypropylene

D300 x W92 x H82mm

V1630-3

£87.00

300 Range

400 Series Range Overall Dimensions: 400 x 400 x 395mm Description

Bin Colour

Bin Material

External Bin Size

Order

Price £

8 Bin 400 Cabinet

Clear

Polystyrene

D400 x W186 x H82mm

V0840-1

£88.00

8 Bin 400 Cabinet

Red

Polypropylene

D400 x W186 x H82mm

V0840-5

£88.00

8 Bin 400 Cabinet

Blue

Polypropylene

D400 x W186 x H82mm

V0840-6

£88.00

8 Bin 400 Cabinet

Grey

Polypropylene

D400 x W186 x H82mm

V0840-3

£88.00

16 Bin 400 Cabinet

Clear

Polystyrene

D400 x W92 x H82mm

V1640-1

£103.00

16 Bin 400 Cabinet

Red

Polypropylene

D400 x W92 x H82mm

V1640-5

£103.00

16 Bin 400 Cabinet

Blue

Polypropylene

D400 x W92 x H82mm

V1640-6

£103.00

16 Bin 400 Cabinet

Grey

Polypropylene

D400 x W92 x H82mm

V1640-3

£103.00

400 Range

Turntable Assemblies

Empty Turntable V16-400

386.00

£

Compact storage systems for use in service, workshop, production and storage areas. •

Units hold 16 cabinets of 300 or 400mm depths

Ball bearing base and dividers for 4 layers with each layer containing 4 cabinets

Epoxy powder coated steel

800kg Load

Turntable with 16 x 400mm Bin Cabinets V16-400-KIT

Empty Turntable V16-300

1819.00

£

355.00

£

Tuntable with 16 x 300mm Bin Cabinets V16-300-KIT

1599.00

£ Drawer Dividers

Retaining/Safety Bars

Add Cross Bin dividers to subdivide and segregate drawers.

Cabinets for Mobile service and maintenance vehicles can be equipped with safety/ retaining bars. Set includes 4 pieces

300 series range holds a maximum of 4 per bin and 400 series range holds a maximum of 6 per bin.

Cross Dividers Description

Order

Price £

92mm wide bin divider

VD-10

£3.40

186mm wide bin divider

VD-20

£5.80

Suitable for cabinets 0830, 1630, 0840 & 1640 V-A400

9

£ .60

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

15


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Tilt Bins

Tilt Bins

Size 9 - 9 units/module D51 x W601 x H75mm VSTVB9

Keep an eye on your stock levels

12.29

£

Tilt Bin containers help you organise and protect valuable components.

Size 6 - 6 units/module D75 x W601 x H110mm VSTVB6

14.93

£

Ideal for medical supplies and equipment, small parts storage, fixings and a host of other applications.

Size 5 - 5 units/module D110 x W601 x H160mm VSTVB5

Easy to view, quick to access

21.54

£

Totally transparent

Robust and scratch resistant

Easily removed for transport or cleaning

Stackable for use on desks, counters, shelving or workbenches Size 4 - 4 units/module D137 x W601 x H208mm VSTVB4

• Identification cards included • Trolleys, units and wall mounts can be equipped with your choice of Tilt Bin sizes

30.27

£

• Mobile trolleys, single and double sided floor standing units and wall mounts are available - please call for details •

Each unit housed in a 600mm wide outer casing module

Six size options

Size 3 - 3 units/module D163 x W601 x H243mm VSTVB3

41.50

£

Size 2 - 2 units/module D246 x W601 x H354mm VSTVB2

94.10

£

Tilt Bin Trolley Trolley includes:

Retaining Bars

4 x No6

Keeps all boxes securely closed

Ideal for vans or mobile trolleys

2 x No4

Easily fitted to any casing set

Manufactured from strong metal rod

Retaining Bar for Size 9 units VRTB009

2

£ .50

16

2 x No5

Tilt Bin Trolley D600 x W620 x H1380mm 2 x Fixed, 2 x Swivel Castors VTVB1

770.10

£

2 x No3 2 x No2

Retaining Bar for Size 3, 4, 5 and 6 units VRTB326

2

£ .50

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

shelving & accessories page value shelving range META boltless shelving medium duty Linspace shelving heavy duty APEX longspan shelving APEX archive bays chrome wire shelving

18 21 27 33 37 38

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Zamba Shelving

Zamba Basic Shelving

Shelving for Office Workshop or Home Light Duty Bolted Shelving Made in the UK, this product is basic but high quality. Legs benefit from rolled, safe edges, as do the front edges of the shelves.

Depth

Width

Height No. of levels

Finish

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

300mm

700mm

780mm

3

Painted

VZLDBLP3

£46.31

£34.77

£30.93

300mm

700mm

1500mm

4

Painted

VZLDBLP4

£59.48

£47.95

£44.10

300mm

700mm

1500mm

5

Painted

VZLDBLP5

£65.42

£53.88

£50.04

300mm

700mm

780mm

3

Galvanised

VZLDBLG3

£46.31

£34.77

£30.93

300mm

700mm

1500mm

4

Galvanised

VZLDBLG4

£59.48

£47.95

£44.10

300mm

700mm

1500mm

5

Galvanised

VZLDBLG5

£65.42

£53.88

£50.04

27kg UDL per level

Strong Bolted steel construction

Made with carbon neutral electricity

Choice of galvanised or black powder coated finish

4 and 5 tier have 2 piece uprights

Other sizes available

Zamba Medium Duty Bolted Shelving Zamba Supreme, medium duty shelving is a quality shelving system offering 75kg UDL capacity per level. The system has rolled safety edges and corner braces for stability. Grey powder coated finish (other colours by special order).

Medium Duty Bolted Shelving Depth

Width

Height No. of levels

4-9

10+

310mm

900mm

1900mm

6

VZMDBL6

Order

£103.39

1-3

£91.85

£88.01

400mm

900mm

1900mm

5

VZMDBL5

£105.48

£93.94

£90.10

Zamba Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving Zamba Medway, heavy duty shelving offers 100kg UDL per level with traditional bracing and uprights. Grey powder coated finish (other colours by special order).

Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving Depth

Width

Height

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

500mm

1000mm 2000mm

VZHDBL55

£151.75

£140.21

£136.37

600mm

1000mm 2000mm

VZHDBL56

£176.28

£164.75

£160.90

Zamba Boltless Shelving This boltless steel shelving is ideal for offices and is assembled with a tap from a rubber mallet to create a stable bay. Video assembly instructions available online. Shelf capacity 55kg UDL.

Boltless Shelving Depth

Width

Height No. of levels

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

300mm

700mm

760mm

3

VZLDBP3

£50.17

£38.63

£34.79

300mm

700mm

1400mm

4

VZLDBP4

£62.77

£51.23

£47.38

300mm

700mm

1500mm

5

VZLDBP5

£71.93

£60.39

£56.54

*products on shelving are not included

18

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Value Shelving Range

made in the UK

Zamba Twin Slot Shelving Zamba twin slot follows a tradition of making robust wall mounted shelving in the UK. These packs come complete with 2 uprights, 3 shelves, 6 adjustable brackets and 6 spring rod book ends. Standard units are painted white with black and grey available to order.

Shelving & Accessories

Special lengths of shelf and upright are also available as are a variety of accessories, including presentation shelves and board fixing clips.

Depth

Width

Height

No. of levels

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

170mm

1000mm 1000mm

3

VZTS3KIT170

£99.98

£96.78

£91.68

220mm

1000mm 1000mm

3

VZTS3KIT220

£104.96

£101.76

£97.05

270mm

1000mm 1000mm

3

VZTS3KIT270

£114.01

£110.81

£105.90

320mm

1000mm 1000mm

3

VZTS3KIT320

£117.14

£113.94

£109.03

370mm

1000mm 1000mm

3

VZTS3KIT370

£136.70

£133.50

£128.59

Mighty Shelving Units These easy build units are ideal for offices and stock rooms and come flat packed with two piece legs. They can be built without tools but a rubber mallet can be used when required. Medium duty units use strong 8mm thick high density shelves and heavy duty units use 12mm shelf boards for additional strength.

Medium Duty Shelving Unit Depth

Width

Height

No. of levels

Order

350mm

850mm

1690mm

5

VZMDFU5

No. of levels

1-3

4-9

10+

£67.03

£65.82

£61.98

Order

1-3

4-9

10+ £50.35

Heavy Duty Shelving Depth

Width

Height

450mm

950mm

940mm

2

VZHDF2

£65.73

£54.20

450mm

950mm

940mm

3

VZHDF3

£81.36

£69.82

£65.97

450mm

950mm

1880mm

5

VZHDF5

£131.71

£120.17

£116.32

450mm

1320mm 1315mm

4

VZHDA4

£123.77

£112.23

£108.39

Medium Duty Packing Bench Unit This low cost bench is suitable for packing and light assembly tasks. The unit is flat packed and can be assembled in minutes with just a few bolts if you wish to use the stability bracing. •

A simple medium duty bench unit ideal for a wide variety of applications ideal as packing bench

Chipboard decks

Epoxy powder coated steel frame

Medium Duty Packing Bench Depth

Width

Height

No. of levels

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

500mm

1320mm

938mm

2

VZMDBU

£84.94

£73.40

£69.55

*products on shelving are not included

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

19


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Value Shelving Range

Essential Office Lever Arch Unit This powder coated unit is ideal for storage of standard lever arch filing boxes and has deeper beams at the rear to prevent boxes pushing through. A 5 tier unit is assembled from a 2 and a 3 tier unit for flexibility. The units should either be bolted back to back or against a suitable wall.

No. of Shelves

Depth

Width

Height

Order

1-3

4-9

10+

305mm

1065mm

980mm

2

VZRBFU2

£63.34

£51.80

£47.96

305mm

1065mm 1020mm

3

VZRBFU3

£78.15

£66.61

£62.76

305mm

1065mm 2000mm

5

VZRBFU5

£126.11

£114.57

£110.72

Zamba NEW Light Industrial Shelving Ideal for stock rooms, office archives and other light duty, industrial applications. This shelving comes in 450 and 600mm deep bays as standard and can be supplied 1.2m, 1.5m and 1.8m long. Specials can be manufactured to order as required. Zamba light industrial is available in grey as standard but can also be supplied in black and white by special order, depending on the quantity. Developed from our standard Mighty frame units, this product has new patent applied for features to enable much higher loads to be carried. The products is supplied in component form and is most economical for small to medium sized projects, where light goods such as shoes and clothing are stored away from mechanical handling equipment. The shelving is easy to build and can be assembled with a tap from a rubber mallet to create a stable bay. Please contact us with your requirement for a competitive price.

information box For our best selling range of Heavy Duty Archive Bays please see page 37

*products on shelving are not included

20

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Boltless Shelving

META Boltless Shelving From only two system components (frames and shelves) combined with a comprehensive range of accessories META QUICK offers solutions from single bays to customised specifications.

Single or multi-tier

25mm shelf adjustment

Easy to assemble and extend

Open or closed construction

Robust construction

Storage versatility – small parts to bulky items

Wide range of accessories

Shelving & Accessories

Typical applications include parts stores for industrial, commercial, retail use, trade locations and wholesale industries.

r guaran

d

5

ac

i

n

p

e

ea

e te

5y

information box

e of m

5 Year Guarantee We are constantly improving our production line and manufacture using the most modern technology. As a result we are proud to offer a five year guarantee on all our META Shelving.

information box Our boltless shelving range offers a wide variety of shelf and bay loadings from 80kg light duty shelves up to 400kg heavy duty shelf loads. The following pages only show a small selection of the entire range available - please contact us for more details.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

21


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Boltless Shelving

META Boltless Shelving Accessories

Mesh Back Panel

Mesh shelf dividers

r guaran

d

5

ac

i

n

p

e

ea

e te

5y

Not all of the accessories shown below are available from stock - Please call for details.

e of m

Shelves Door Set

Open fronted plastic storage bins

Back Cladding

Fully clad bay

Starter Bay Add-on Bay

Drawer 100mm

Drawer 200mm

Drawer block top Anti-spill trough shelf fronts

Plain shelf

Base for drawer block

Plinth

divider Trough bin shelves with dividers

Shelves

Accessories

Finish

Individual shelf capacity up to 400kg

Shelf dividers

Bay load up to 3700kg

Bay cladding – solid or mesh

Pre-galvanised or epoxy powder coated finishes

Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical pitch

Containers and louvre panels

Shelves perforated at 50mm centres to accept divider accessories

Bin fronts

Customised paint finishes available on request

Doors

Stepped beams (for drop-in chipboard decks) perforated at 200mm centres for divider accessories

Drawer units

22

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Boltless Shelving

META Boltless Shelving Components Just choose the frames, shelves and cladding or bracing you require to create your own custom shelving bays.

Open Frames

Height

Depth

Order

2000mm

300mm

ME216

£22.06

2000mm

400mm

ME218

£24.73

Shelving & Accessories

Knock down open frames Price £

2000mm

500mm

ME57

£25.33

2000mm

600mm

ME219

£26.58

2500mm

400mm

ME277

£31.74

2500mm

500mm

ME7710

£32.66

2500mm

600mm

ME278

£34.29

Clad Frames Pre assembled clad frames Height

Depth

Order

2000mm

300mm

ME811

Price £ £24.52

2000mm

400mm

ME9896

£27.23

2000mm

500mm

ME9909

£27.83

2000mm

600mm

ME9912

£29.08

Weight kg

Order

Extra Shelves Width

Depth

Price £

1000

300

150kg

ME95756

£10.92

1000

400

150kg

ME94757

£11.90

Triple safety folding in depth direction

Closed longitudinal channel with fourfold safety folding (V-channel)

1000

500

150kg

ME94758

£13.29

Closed shelf edge for higher stability

1000

600

150kg

ME94759

£14.67

Perforation at 50 mm centre for multiple accessories

Free Standing Dividers Size

Order

300

ME81004

£2.96

Price £

400

ME95957

£3.37

Bracing

Back Mesh

Description

Height

Width

Order

2000mm

1000mm

ME14903

Price £ £17.92

Order

Price £

Bracing Kit Starter

MEBRACES

£3.13

500

ME91034

£3.48

Bracing Kit Extension

MEBRACEX

£1.56

600

ME95958

£4.18

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

23


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Boltless Shelving

META Boltless Shelving Kits 150 kg shelves with perforation: full use of accessories

Front edge of the 150 kg shelf: 40 mm

All frames are delivered knock down - rapid assembly without tools

Pre-galvanised finish

p

e

• All load capacities based on uniformly distributed load and on runs of three or more bays

r guaran

5

ac

d

ea

i

n

Shelves adjustable on a 25 mm vertical pitch

5y

Bay load capacity up to 1380 kg

e te

e of m

From only

60.42

£

per bay

Please note: Other bay heights are available. Please call for more details

No. of shelves

Starter Bay

Bay Load

Add-on Bay

Height

Width

Depth

2000

1000

300

5

1100

ME201030S

£76.69 ME201030X

£60.42

2000

1000

400

5

1100

ME201040S

£77.25 ME201040X

£63.17

2000

1000

500

5

1100

ME201050S

£83.44 ME201050X

£69.00

2000

1000

600

5

1100

ME201060S

£92.46 ME201060X

£76.33

2500

1000

400

5

1100

ME251040S

£93.21 ME251040X

£71.15

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

information box Planning information: Starter bay: Shelf length + 56 mm Shelf depth + 36 mm

2500

1000

500

5

1100

ME251050S

£99.73 ME251050X

£77.15

Add-on bay:

2500

1000

600

5

1100

ME251060S

£110.46 ME251060X

£85.33

Shelf length + 6 mm Shelf depth + 36 mm

Safety Note:

Extra Shelves

24

Width

Depth

Load

Order

Price £

1000

300

150kg

ME95756

£10.92

1000

400

150kg

ME94757

£11.90

1000

500

150kg

ME94758

£13.29

1000

600

150kg

ME94759

£14.67

Racks with a height to depth ratio more than 5 : 1 should be fixed to the floor to prevent tipping. Bay loads are based on runs of 3 or more bays.

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Boltless Shelving

Easily assembled boltless system

Versatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse,

store room, office.

Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical centres

Bay load capacity up to 1260kg

Shelf-/bay loads based on uniformly distributed loads and on runs of three or more bays

Shelving & Accessories

Meta Quick SET Boltless Shelving

From only

58.09

£

Per Bay

META Boltless Shelving Sets 150kg Shelf Load Starter Bay

Add on Bay

Height

Width

Depth

No. of shelves

Bay Load

Finish

2000mm

1000mm

400mm

4

900kg

Pre-galvanised

V94952L

£72.01

V94953L

£58.09

2000mm

1000mm

500mm

4

900kg

Pre-galvanised

V94954L

£77.07

V94955L

£63.96

2000mm

1000mm

600mm

4

900kg

Pre-galvanised

V94956L

£86.68

V94957L

£64.67

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Extra Shelves Width

Depth

Finish

Order

1000mm

400mm

Pre-galvanised

V95575

Price £ £11.91

1000mm

500mm

Pre-galvanised

V95576

£13.28

1000mm

600mm

Pre-galvanised

V95577

£14.66

Meta Quick Parcel Boltless Shelving •

Ready packed units for easy transportation

Shelves adjustable in height by 25mm

Type 1 - Pre-galvanised finish for industrial applications

Type 2 and 3 - Powder coated finish RAL7025 light grey for office applications Starter Bay

Add on Bay

Depth

No. of shelves

Bay Load

Order

Price £

Order

1800mm 1000mm

400mm

4

900kg

V98278

£95.69

V98279

£68.15

Type 2

1800mm 1000mm

300mm

5

900kg

V98280

£95.69

V98281

£68.15

Type 3

900mm

300mm

3

900kg

V98282

£54.39

V98283

£40.61

Type

Height

Type 1

Type 1

Width

1000mm

Price £

Type 2

Type 3

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

25


META Mobile Shelving System

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mobile Shelving System

26

70% increase in utilisation of floor space

Reduce storage costs

Office and Industrial applications available

50% increase in storage space

information box Call us now or visit our website for more information

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linspace

made in the UK

Linspace The truly modular system. Linspace is totally unique. The four way upright allows bays to be added in any direction – even on top of each other. This allows the system to be truly modular.

Stronger shelves, more choice . . . 1000mm wide shelves are available in either 135kg, 185kg or 270kg UDL. 1250mm wide shelves are available in either 100kg or 150kg UDL. They are clearly marked on each shelf front to eliminate any confusion in use and many users choose to have a combination of each often within the same bay run.

More system options Linspace has some unique options available: Please contact us for more details.

Shelving & Accessories

The huge range of accessories then allows the user to exactly tailor the system to their individual needs. It also lets you add to, or alter the system as operations change in the future without fuss, whilst automatically maintaining its inherent strength.

Stronger bays Each bay will accept a massive loading of 945kg as standard. Any of these bays can be upgraded even further to accept a load of 1620kg. This means that you do not have to plan your storage around the heaviest product and should you have the need to increase the strength in excess of 945kg you can simply add the upgrade kit to that single bay even within the same bay run.

So strong that no cross-braces are needed Products can be stored and picked from either side of the bay without having to plan the stock around awkward cross-braces.

Multi-tiers – any single bay of Linspace purchased today – can be extended upwards to create two or three tier storage installations.

Flexibility

Linbins® the perfect partner

For security and to divide space just add cladding

Widely used in almost every industry, these extremely versatile containers can be used in conjunction with shelving or Louvre Panels. Available in ten sizes and six colour options, they make an ideal method for small parts storage and product identification.

In the future if you need to move or add a bay – it’s easy, as you don’t need to calculate the position of cross-braces per run of bays, as you do with other systems.

Solid or weldmesh cladding is available for the side or rear of bays. Because the cladding isn’t needed to add bay strength you can just add where needed and also change or move to suit. Simple clips let you add cladding in seconds to any chosen bay.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

27


Medium Duty Linspace Shelving

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linspace bays custom-built flexibility Plan your perfect solution, build it with modular ease

Freedom to plan your ideal storage solution •

Various dimensions available – 2 widths, 2 heights and 5 depths

945kg and 1620kg weight capacities

Entirely free-standing

Easy assembly builds in minutes – slots together without the need for bolts

No need for cross-bracing – unique Linspace uprights connected to the base and top create a rigid unit

information box The Linspace Upright The Linspace Upright is unique and is the backbone of our system. It gives you a stonger bolt-free system that’s more versatile and easier to assemble - and expand! Available in a selection of heights, it offers complete flexibility when designing new storage facilities.

Modular design

28

Add, remove or reposition bays as required

Flexibility to work around overhead obstacles such as pipework with repositionable top cover

Wide range of accessories available

Assembly instructions included with each order

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Medium Duty Linspace Shelving

made in the UK

1000mm and 1250mm Bay ranges A. First Bay Front

B. Add Bay Front

information box

C. First Bay Rear

D. Add Bay Rear

Easy to Assemble 1. Uprights simply slot into C section fittings to join runs of bays together. All front bases are common, rear bases fit into a rear channel.

Depth

Order

Price

Order

Price

Order

Price

Order

Price

1800mm high x 1000mm wide 300mm

HFF1003018

£187.63 HAF1003018

£133.56 HFR1003018

£141.58 HAR1003018

400mm

HFF1004018

£200.46 HAF1004018

£145.51 HFR1004018

£154.41 HAR1004018

£110.12 £122.07

500mm

HFF1005018

£205.40 HAF1005018

£149.61 HFR1005018

£159.34 HAR1005018

£126.16

600mm

HFF1006018

£214.81 HAF1006018

£158.00 HFR1006018

£168.78 HAR1006018

£134.58

1000mm

HFF1010018

£233.23 HAF1010018

£172.45 HFR1010018

£187.20 HAR1010018

£149.03

£126.70

Top covers 2. Simply position the top covers and tap them into place. You now have an immensely strong and rigid unit.

Shelving & Accessories

Bases

1800mm high x 1250mm wide 400mm

HFF1204018

£203.44 HAF1204018

£148.48 HFR1204018

£159.04 HAR1204018

500mm

HFF1205018

£211.12 HAF1205018

£155.33 HFR1205018

£164.77 HAR1205018

£131.59

600mm

HFF1206018

£223.25 HAF1206018

£166.44 HFR1206018

£175.06 HAR1206018

£140.86

300mm

HFF1003022

£203.95 HAF1003022

£141.73 HFR1003022

£149.74 HAR1003022

£114.20

400mm

HFF1004022

£216.79 HAF1004022

£153.67 HFR1004022

£162.58 HAR1004022

£126.15

500mm

HFF1005022

£221.72 HAF1005022

£157.77 HFR1005022

£167.51 HAR1005022

£130.24

600mm

HFF1006022

£231.14 HAF1006022

£166.16 HFR1006022

£176.94 HAR1006022

£138.66

1000mm

HFF1010022

£249.56 HAF1010022

£180.62 HFR1010022

£195.36 HAR1010022

£153.11

£130.78

2200mm high x 1000mm wide

Finishing 3. Fit the high visibility safety clips to prevent accidental dislodging of components.

2200mm high x 1250mm wide 400mm

HFF1204022

£219.77 HAF1204022

£156.65 HFR1204022

£167.21 HAR1204022

500mm

HFF1205022

£227.45 HAF1205022

£163.49 HFR1205022

£172.93 HAR1205022

£135.67

600mm

HFF1206022

£239.58 HAF1206022

£174.61 HFR1206022

£183.23 HAR1206022

£144.94

NB - shelves not included

Price

Bay Upgrade Kits to 1620kg

£16.61

Upgrade for even greater strength

Shelves - Clips or Beams Depth

Width

Type

Order

300mm

1000mm

400mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10135040

£18.44

500mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10135050

£25.12

600mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10135060

£30.39

Beams

HB10135100

£44.00

135kg Load

1000mm 1000mm

Clip

VC10135030

185kg Load

All Linspace Bays feature industrial strength construction and will safely support up to 945kg. If you need even higher capacity, a bay upgrade kit will provide extra shelf support to safely handle loads up to 1620kg. Fitting is simple, with no dismantling.

A. First Bay Front: is freestanding and has top plus base, four uprights and fittings. B. Add Bay Front: -

300mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10185030

£17.99

400mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10185040

£20.30

which has top, base, two uprights and fittings.

500mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10185050

£24.43

C. First Bay Rear: -

600mm

1000mm

Clip

VC10185060

£32.84

includes top, base, two uprights and fittings.

Beams

HB10185100

£56.00

D. Add Bay Rear: -

1000mm 1000mm

100kg Load 400mm

1250mm

Clip

500mm

1250mm

Clip

600mm

1250mm

Clip

Depth

Width

Code

£20.81

300mm

1000mm

HBUK1000300

£28.05

VC12100050

£23.23

400mm

1000mm

HBUK1000400

£28.85

VC12100060

£25.65

500mm

1000mm

HBUK1000500

£29.59

600mm

1000mm

HBUK1000600

£30.51

VC12100040

150kg Load

Price £

400mm

1250mm

Clip

VC12150040

£23.00

1000mm

1000mm

HBUK1001000

£34.09

500mm

1250mm

Clip

VC12150050

£25.81

500mm

1250mm

HBUK1250500

£31.43

600mm

1250mm

Clip

VC12150060

£28.67

600mm

1250mm

HBUK1250600

£32.35

which has one upright, top, base and fittings.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

29


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Medium Duty Linspace Bay Packs

Linspace Shelving Kits Our best-selling 2200mm high standard preconfigured shelf and bay packs On this page and overleaf we’ve grouped our most popular shelf and bay configurations in complete ready-to-assemble packs that include uprights, top, base, four shelves and all fittings. Just order what you want now – then simply add extra shelves and bays when you need them. Naturally, you can also add any of the Linspace accessories mentioned throughout this section. •

1000mm or 1250mm wide bays with a choice of depths

Flat packed, easy assembly

Builds without bolts

Complete with shelves and fittings

No cross bracing – clear access all round

Standard Shelf Packs 2200mm high

Planning your storage area is easy 1. Calculate the floor space 2. Decide what depth units you need 3. Single-sided or back-to-back? (Allow for aisle widths of at least 900mm) 4. How many standard 1000mm or 1250mm wide bays will you need? 5. Finally, decide whether you require extra shelves accessories such as cladding, dividers or louvre panels

2 x Single Entry Bay 2200H x 1000W x 300D HS1030S & HS1030A

499.11

£ Standard Single Entry Bay Packs Depth

Starter Bays Order

Add-on Bays

Price £

Order

Price £

HS1030A

£211.32

1000mm Wide Bays 300mm

HS1030S

£287.79

400mm

HS1040S

£308.69

HS1040A

£230.59

500mm

HS1050S

£341.09

HS1050A

£261.40

600mm

HS1060S

£372.48

HS1060A

£290.84

2 x Double Entry Bay 2200H x 1000W x 300D HD1030S & HD1030A

909.62

£

1250mm Wide Bays 400mm

HS1240S

£321.17

HS1240A

500mm

HS1250S

£339.24

HS1250A

£243.04 £259.55

600mm

HS1260S

£361.95

HS1260A

£280.31

Standard Double Entry Bay Packs Depth

Starter Bays Code

Add-on Bays

Price £

Code

Price £

1000mm Wide Bays 2 x 300mm

HD1030S

£517.34

HD1030A

£392.28

2 x 400mm

HD1040S

£559.20

HD1040A

£430.82

2 x 500mm

HD1050S

£623.97

HD1050A

£492.47

2 x 600mm

HD1060S

£686.79

HD1060A

£551.40

2 x 400mm

HD1240S

£585.81

HD1240A

2 x 500mm

HD1250S

£619.97

HD1250A

£488.44

2 x 600mm

HD1260S

£663.59

HD1260A

£528.16

1 x Single Entry Bay 2200H x 1000W x 300D HS1030S

287.79

£

1250mm Wide Bays £457.37

All these bays supplied complete with: - Uprights, Top + Base, 4 Shelves and all fittings Please always allow an extra 40mm to each bay run i.e. a 4m run of four bays – allow 4040mm total.

3 x Single Entry Bay 2200H x 1000W x 300D 1 x HS1030S & 2 x HS1030A

710.43

£

30

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linspace Accessories

made in the UK

Linspace Accessories Unlimited versatility with Linspace quality

Fully modular system

Designed for easy installation

Can be easily fitted or dismantled without tools

Engineered for strength and long life

Shelving & Accessories

Our full range of quality accessories gives you everything you need to build your ideal storage system. Each accessory is quick and easy to fit without the need for specialist tools.

Shelf Divider Packs •

2 heights and 4 depths

Positive clip fitting

Dividers clip simply into place anywhere on the shelf

Can give you up to 20% more useful shelf area

Shelf Dividers Depth

Height

Order 1-3

300mm

160mm

VDP3016PK10AGR

Price £ £36.73

Order 4-10

Price £

Order 11+

Price £

VPD3016PK10BGR

£34.89 VPD3016PK10CGR

£33.14 £34.32

400mm

160mm

VPD4016PK10AGR

£38.03

VPD4016PK10BGR

£36.12 VPD4016PK10CGR

500mm

160mm

VPD5016PK10AGR

£41.60

VPD5016PK10BGR

£39.52 VPD5016PK10CGR

£37.54

600mm

160mm

VPD6016PK10AGR

£49.40

VPD6016PK10BGR

£46.93 VPD6016PK10CGR

£44.58

300mm

210mm

VPD3021PK10AGR

£41.28

VPD3021PK10BGR

£39.21 VPD3021PK10CGR

£37.25

400mm

210mm

VPD4021PK10AGR

£42.58

VPD4021PK10BGR

£40.45 VPD4021PK10CGR

£38.42

500mm

210mm

VPD5021PK10AGR

£47.13

VPD5021PK10BGR

£44.77 VPD5021PK10CGR

£42.53

600mm

210mm

VPD6021PK10AGR

£55.58

VPD6021PK10BGR

£52.80 VPD6021PK10CGR

£50.16

Shelf dividers are available in grey only.

Shelf Protector

Shelf Protector 1000 x 70mm TSB1000BL

7

£ .90 Foot Packer

Shelf Fronts

They simply clip between two uprights to form a 100mm front edge. This not only keeps stock securely on the shelves but also provides a handy space for labelling.

Offers stability on uneven floor surfaces

Foot Packer VLPUN1

1

£ .65 Each

1000 x 100 Shelf Front VSF1000100

8

£ .70

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

31


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linspace Accessories

Clip-in Cladding Keep stock securely in place – with clip-in cladding you can move whenever you like •

Clips in where you need it – bay ends – bay sides – bay backs

Fits accurately

No gaps

Never loses its shape

Easy to adjust and move from bay to bay

Weldmesh Cladding •

Low cost

Ideal for bulky items

Convenient for monitoring stock levels

Allows air to circulate Width

Height

Order

Price £

Weldmesh Cladding - Side Fitting 300mm

1800mm

VCSW18000300

400mm

1800mm

VCSW18000400

£15.88 £13.26

500mm

1800mm

VCSW18000500

£15.98

600mm

1800mm

VCSW18000600

£17.53

1000mm

1800mm

VCSW18001000

£29.45

300mm

2200mm

VCSW22000300

£11.50

400mm

2200mm

VCSW22000400

£16.67

500mm

2200mm

VCSW22000500

£21.35

600mm

2200mm

VCSW22000600

£25.28

1000mm

2200mm

VCSW22001000

£40.99

Weldmesh Cladding - Rear Fitting 1000mm

1800mm

VCRW18001000

£29.00

1000mm

2200mm

VCRW22001000

£41.00

Solid Steel Cladding •

Secures smaller items

Keeps dirt out

Looks clean and smooth Width

Height

Order

Price £

Solid Steel Cladding - Side Fitting 300mm

1800mm

VCSS18000300GR

400mm

1800mm

VCSS18000400GR

£31.00 £31.00

500mm

1800mm

VCSS18000500GR

£33.50

600mm

1800mm

VCSS18000600GR

£43.50

1000mm

1800mm

VCSS18001000GR

£47.50

300mm

2200mm

VCSS22000300GR

£32.50

400mm

2200mm

VCSS22000400GR

£32.50

500mm

2200mm

VCSS22000500GR

£36.00

600mm

2200mm

VCSS22000600GR

£39.00

1000mm

2200mm

VCSS22001000GR

£54.00

Solid Steel Cladding - Rear Fitting 1000mm

1800mm

VCRS18001000GR

£49.00

1000mm

2200mm

VCRS22001000GR

£55.00

Louvre Panels – adds extra storage to the end of bays Linspace louvre panels fit bay ends and are designed to carry your choice of Linbins. Fitting is quick, easy and needs no tools. When in place, the panels are strong and secure – yet they can be dismounted just as easily. LBU *

Width

Height

Order

45

400mm

1800mm

HLSP18000400

Price £ £100.52

68

500mm

1800mm

HLSP18000500

£103.48

85

600mm

1800mm

HLSP18000600

£110.46

57

400mm

2200mm

HLSP22000400

£113.24

84

500mm

2200mm

HLSP22000500

£116.32

105

600mm

2200mm

HLSP22000600

£127.28

* Please see [page 8] for LBU values

32

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Heavy Duty Longspan Shelving

APEX Versatile Longspan Shelving •

Multi-purpose, durable, hardworking shelving for high volume storage

Perfect for high rise and multi-tier structures

Fully adjustable shelving levels

Heights up to 8.4m in a single section

Range of depths to suit any application

Frames pre assembled or KD

Wide choice of accessories including: Steel or chipboard shelves, Mesh panels, Garment hanging rails

Combines versatility with rugged good looks

Six standard beam sections caters for a wide range of loadings

Shelving & Accessories

Create large volume storage quickly and simply

Concerned about strength? Longspan supports up to 4200kg per bay If you don’t find what you want in our standard range, we’ll make it for you. •

Frame Heights – from 1200 to 8400mm (50mm increments)

Frame Depths – from 450 to 1350mm

Bay Clear Entry – from 1200 to 3000mm

Beam Depths – 38mm to 100mm

Standard Finish – Uprights Grey RAL 7035 epoxy coated Beams ­orange epoxy powder coated (special colours available on request at extra cost)

information box Free Planning Just give us a call and one of our trained advisers will help you plan your storage area Helping to set the standards of design and manufacturing within industry Apex Longspan shelving is designed and manufactured in accordance with all major European and British quality approval systems (ISO9000) Meets and in many cases exceeds all standards set by SEMA (Storage Equipment Manufacturers')

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

33


Heavy Duty Longspan Shelving Kits

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Longspan Bay Kits

information box

Multi-Purpose, Strong hard-working shelving for high volume storage

If you require any sizes that are not available in the bay kits specified on these pages, you can create your own bays using the Longspan components list.

Order complete bays or individual components – the choice is yours . . .

Bay Load of 4291kg with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm

Chipboard Shelf Bay Kits Shelf Sets complete with 25mm Chipboard Decking Starter Bay Code

Add Extension Bay

Order

No. of levels

Frame Height

Shelf Width

Shelf Depth

Loading UDL

LSS184518CS

3

1800mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

£180.60 LSS184518CX

£142.52

LSS184521CS

3

1800mm

2100mm

450mm

380kg

£196.98 LSS184521CX

£158.91

Price £

Order

Price £

450mm Deep Shelf Kits

LSS184524CS

3

1800mm

2400mm

450mm

380kg

£218.43 LSS184524CX

£180.36

LSS244518CS

3

2400mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

£197.39 LSS244518CX

£150.84

LSS244521CS

3

2400mm

2100mm

450mm

500kg

£213.78 LSS244521CX

£167.31

LSS244524CS

3

2400mm

2400mm

450mm

500kg

£235.23 LSS244524CX

£188.76

LSS186018CS

3

1800mm

1800mm

600mm

500kg

£190.76 LSS186018CX

£151.66

LSS186021CS

3

1800mm

2100mm

600mm

380kg

£207.50 LSS186021CX

£168.40

600mm Deep Shelf Kits

LSS186024CS

3

1800mm

2400mm

600mm

380kg

£228.95 LSS186024CX

£189.85

LSS246018CS

3

2400mm

1800mm

600mm

500kg

£207.94 LSS246018CX

£160.25

LSS246021CS

3

2400mm

2100mm

600mm

500kg

£224.68 LSS246021CX

£176.99

LSS246024CS

3

2400mm

2400mm

600mm

500kg

£246.13 LSS246024CX

£198.44

LSS189018CS

3

1800mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

£215.42 LSS189018CX

£174.04

LSS189021CS

3

1800mm

2100mm

900mm

380kg

£231.90 LSS189021CX

£190.52

900mm Deep Shelf Kits

34

LSS189024CS

3

1800mm

2400mm

900mm

380kg

£250.25 LSS189024CX

£208.87

LSS249018CS

3

2400mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

£233.56 LSS249018CX

£183.11

LSS249021CS

3

2400mm

2100mm

900mm

500kg

£250.04 LSS249021CX

£199.59

LSS249024CS

3

2400mm

2400mm

900mm

500kg

£268.39 LSS249024CX

£217.94

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Heavy Duty Longspan Shelving Kits

Shelving & Accessories

made in the UK

Bay Load of 4291kg with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm

Steel Shelf Bay Kits Shelf Sets complete with Steel Decking Starter Bay Code Order

No. of levels Frame Height

Shelf Width

Add Extension Bay Shelf Depth

Loading UDL

Price £

Order

Price £

450mm Deep Shelf Kits LSS184512DS

3

1800mm

1200mm

450mm

500kg

£210.00

LSS184512DX

£166.00

LSS184518DS

3

1800mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

£238.21

LSS184518DX

£200.15

LSS184521DS

3

1800mm

2100mm

450mm

500kg

£265.92

LSS184521DX

£227.87

LSS184524DS

3

1800mm

2400mm

450mm

500kg

£296.51

LSS184524DX

£258.46

LSS184527DS

3

1800mm

2700mm

450mm

500kg

£317.97

LSS184527DX

£279.92

LSS244518DS

3

2400mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

£255.00

LSS244518DX

£208.55

LSS244521DS

3

2400mm

2100mm

450mm

500kg

£282.74

LSS244521DX

£236.26

LSS244524DS

3

2400mm

2400mm

450mm

500kg

£313.33

LSS244524DX

£266.85

LSS244527DS

3

2400mm

2700mm

450mm

500kg

£334.65

LSS244527DX

£288.18

600mm Deep Shelf Kits LSS186012DS

3

1800mm

1200mm

600mm

500kg

£210.00

LSS186012DX

£165.00

LSS186018DS

3

1800mm

1800mm

600mm

500kg

£243.30

LSS186018DX

£204.21

LSS186021DS

3

1800mm

2100mm

600mm

500kg

£271.53

LSS186021DX

£232.43

LSS186024DS

3

1800mm

2400mm

600mm

500kg

£302.62

LSS186024DX

£263.53

LSS186027DS

3

1800mm

2700mm

600mm

500kg

£324.59

LSS186027DX

£285.50

LSS246018DS

3

2400mm

1800mm

600mm

500kg

£260.49

LSS246018DX

£212.80

LSS246021DS

3

2400mm

2100mm

600mm

500kg

£288.71

LSS246021DX

£241.02

LSS246024DS

3

2400mm

2400mm

600mm

500kg

£319.80

LSS246024DX

£272.12

LSS246027DS

3

2400mm

2700mm

600mm

500kg

£341.68

LSS246027DX

£293.99

900mm Deep Shelf Kits LSS189012DS

3

1800mm

1200mm

900mm

500kg

£230.00

LSS189012DX

£185.00

LSS189018DS

3

1800mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

£289.44

LSS189018DX

£248.06

LSS189021DS

3

1800mm

2100mm

900mm

500kg

£324.59

LSS189021DX

£283.22

LSS189024DS

3

1800mm

2400mm

900mm

500kg

£362.62

LSS189024DX

£321.24

LSS189027DS

3

1800mm

2700mm

900mm

500kg

£391.52

LSS189027DX

£350.14

LSS249018DS

3

2400mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

£307.58

LSS249018DX

£257.13

LSS249021DS

3

2400mm

2100mm

900mm

500kg

£342.73

LSS249021DX

£292.29

LSS249024DS

3

2400mm

2400mm

900mm

500kg

£380.76

LSS249024DX

£330.31

LSS249027DS

3

2400mm

2700mm

900mm

500kg

£409.66

LSS249027DX

£359.21

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

35


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Heavy Duty Longspan Shelving

Longspan components 3 Steps to Shelving Success

1. Work out how many frames you need There is just one standard frame in multiple heights and depths. Simply allow two for the first bay, then one for each add-on bay.

Depth 450mm

Depth 600mm

Price £

Depth 750mm

Price £

Depth 900mm

Frame Height

Order

1800mm

LSR18000450GR

£38.07 LSR18000600GR

£39.10 LSR18000750GR

£40.22 LSR18000900GR

£41.38

2400mm

LSR24000450GR

£46.47 LSR24000600GR

£47.69 LSR24000750GR

£49.04 LSR24000900GR

£50.45

3000mm

LSR30000450GR

£54.88 LSR30000600GR

£56.29 LSR30000750GR

£57.86 LSR30000900GR

£59.53

3600mm

LSR36000450GR

£66.79 LSR36000600GR

£68.39 LSR36000750GR

£70.19 LSR36000900GR

£72.11

4200mm

LSR42000450GR

£75.20 LSR42000600GR

£76.99 LSR42000750GR

£79.01 LSR42000900GR

£81.19

4800mm

LSR48000450GR

£83.61 LSR48000600GR

£85.58 LSR48000750GR

£87.84 LSR48000900GR

£90.27

Order

Price £

Order

Order

Price £

2. Choose your beam (price per single beam) Beams simply join to uprights without bolts. For shelf sets, choose 450mm, 600mm or 900mm deep by 1800mm, 2100mm or 2400mm wide. Load 500kg UDL per beam level

Load 1000kg UDL per beam level

Beam Length

Order

1200mm

LU050S1200005OR

Price £ £10.37

Order N/A

Price £

1800mm

LU050S1800005OR

£12.99

LU070S1800005OR

£15.07

N/A

2100mm

LU060S2100005OR

£15.26

LU085S2100005OR

£18.04

2400mm

LU070S2400005OR

£18.02

LU085S2400005OR

£19.80

2700mm

LU070S2700005OR

£19.27

LU100S2700005OR

£23.44

3. Select Shelving Type Notched Decks

Accessories

Depth

Width

Loading UDL

Order

450mm

300mm

176kg per deck

AN3000450SGV

Price £ £4.67

600mm

300mm

170kg per deck

AN3000600SGV

£4.84

750mm

300mm

161kg per deck

AN3000750SGV

£6.00

900mm

300mm

143kg per deck

AN3000900SGV

£7.15

450mm

300mm

231kg per deck

AN3000450HGV

£5.29

600mm

300mm

221kg per deck

AN3000600HGV

£5.65

750mm

300mm

210kg per deck

AN3000750HGV

£7.00

900mm

300mm

189kg per deck

AN3000900HGV

£8.35

Shelving Sets – Chipboard

Description

Order

Holding down bolt

VBLTBFF1240ZP

Price £ £0.54

2mm levelling plate

LLP2UN

£0.56

1800mm

LS18000450C

£34.79 LS18000600C

£37.52 LS18000900C

£44.22

3mm levelling plate

LLP3UN

£0.68

2100mm

LS21000450C

£40.28 LS21000600C

£43.10 LS21000900C

£49.71

2400mm

LS24000450C

£47.43 LS24000600C

£50.25 LS24000900C

£55.83

Width

Depth 450mm Order

Price £

Depth 600mm Order

Price £

Depth 900mm Order

Price £

598kg Load (udl) per 1800 shelf level, 380kg Load (udl) per 2400 shelf level

Shelving Sets – Steel

36

Width

UDL per beam level

1800mm

500kg

LU05018000450D

£54.02 LU05018000600D

£55.04 LU05018000900D

1800mm

1000kg

LU07018000450D

£58.19 LU07018000600D

£59.21 LU07018000900D

£80.26

2100mm

500kg

LU06021000450D

£63.26 LU06021000600D

£64.45 LU06021000900D

£80.61

Depth 450mm

Depth 600mm

Depth 900mm

Order

Order

Order

Price £

Price £

Price £ £68.90

2100mm

1000kg

LU08521000450D

£68.78 LU08521000600D

£69.97 LU08521000900D

£86.13

2400mm

500kg

LU07024000450D

£73.46 LU07024000600D

£74.81 LU07024000900D

£93.29

2400mm

1000kg

LU08524000450D

£77.01 LU08524000600D

£78.36 LU08524000900D

£96.84

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

APEX Longspan Archive

made in the UK

APEX Longspan Archive Bays Ideal for longer term storage Three beam levels per bay

For standard archive boxes (H270 x D430 x W330mm)

Chipboard or galvanised decks

Finish: Chipboard decks – Galvanised stepped beams & grey uprights Galvanised decks – Orange beams & grey uprights

First bays are supplied with 2 endframes + 3 shelf levels

Subsequent bays are supplied with 1 endframe + 3 shelf levels

Shelving & Accessories

Boxes not included

Archive Box Pack of 10 VABPK

20.00

£

Longspan Archive H1800 x D450 x W1800mm LSS18451CS

238.21

£

Dimensions Width

Height

Depth

Load*

Description

Starter Bay Order

Additional Bay

Price £

Order

Price £

Chipboard Deck 1800mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

10 boxes per level double stacked

LSS18451CS

£180.60 LSS18451CX

1800mm

1800mm

900mm

380kg

20 boxes per level double stacked/double deep

LSS18901CS

£215.42 LSS18901CX

£142.52 £174.04

2400mm

1800mm

450mm

396kg

14 boxes per level double stacked

LSS24451CS

£218.43 LSS24451CX

£180.36

2400mm

1800mm

900mm

380kg

28 boxes per level double stacked/double deep

LSS24901CS

£250.25 LSS24901CX

£208.87

£200.15

Galvanised Deck 1800mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

10 boxes per level double stacked

LSS18451DS

£238.21 LSS18451DX

1800mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

20 boxes per level double stacked/double deep

LSS18901DS

£289.44 LSS18901DX

£248.06

2400mm

1800mm

450mm

500kg

14 boxes per level double stacked

LSS24451DS

£280.82 LSS24451DX

£242.74

2400mm

1800mm

900mm

500kg

28 boxes per level double stacked/double deep

LSS24901DS

£346.90 LSS24901DX

£305.52

* Weight loadings apply to multi bay/multi level applications only

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

37


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Economy Chrome Shelving

Economy Chrome Wire Shelving

Chrome Shelving VEC32

The ultimate multi-purpose shelving system

80.00

£

Applications for all industries

Superior strength to weight ratio – up to 300kg shelf loads

Improved product visibility and air circulation

Less moisture and dust accumulation

Complete 1625mm high units with 4 standard shelves & posts

Fullly adjustable every 25mm

4 depths and 5 lengths

Other post heights, shelf lengths and add-on bays are available. Please call us for more details

Chrome Shelving Depth

Width

Height

305mm

760mm

305mm 305mm

4 Tier Unit

Extra Shelves

Order

Price £

Order

1625mm

VEC32

£80.00

VEC1230

Price £

915mm

1625mm

VEC37

£83.20

VEC1236

£13.60

1220mm

1625mm

VEC38

£89.60

VEC1248

£15.20

£12.80

355mm

760mm

1625mm

VEC35

£83.20

VEC1430

£13.60

355mm

915mm

1625mm

VEC36

£86.40

VEC1436

£14.40

355mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEC30

£105.60

VEC1448

£19.20

460mm

760mm

1625mm

VEC43

£86.40

VEC1830

£14.40

460mm

915mm

1625mm

VEC44

£96.00

VEC1836

£16.80

460mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEC45

£118.40

VEC1848

£22.40

460mm

1520mm

1625mm

VEC46

£144.00

VEC1860

£28.80

460mm

1820mm

1625mm

VEC52

£166.40

VEC1872

£34.40

610mm

760mm

1625mm

VEC47

£108.80

VEC2430

£20.00

610mm

915mm

1625mm

VEC48

£121.60

VEC2436

£23.20

610mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEC49

£150.40

VEC2448

£30.40

610mm

1520mm

1625mm

VEC50

£179.20

VEC2460

£37.60

610mm

1820mm

1625mm

VEC55

£204.80

VEC2472

£44.00

1. Snap plastic collar onto post and it locks in position 2. Slide shelf over post until it rests on the collar 3. Tap shelf with rubber mallet to locate shelves firmly

Perma Plus Shelving

38

Anti-Bacterial coating fights germs

15 year Anti-Corrosion Guarantee

Recommended for use in walk-in cold rooms & freezers 4 Tier Unit

Perma Plus Shelving VEPP32

Extra Shelves

Depth

Width

Height

305mm

760mm

1625mm

VEPP32

£73.60 VEPP1230

305mm

915mm

1625mm

VEPP37

£80.00 VEPP1236

£12.80

305mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEPP38

£92.80 VEPP1248

£16.00

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

73.60

£

£11.20

355mm

760mm

1625mm

VEPP35

£80.00 VEPP1430

£12.80

355mm

915mm

1625mm

VEPP36

£86.40 VEPP1436

£14.40

355mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEPP30

£105.60 VEPP1448

£19.20

460mm

760mm

1625mm

VEPP43

£86.40 VEPP1830

£14.40

460mm

915mm

1625mm

VEPP44

£96.00 VEPP1836

£16.80

460mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEPP45

£118.40 VEPP1848

£22.40

460mm

1520mm

1625mm

VEPP46

£137.60 VEPP1860

£27.20

460mm

1820mm

1625mm

VEPP52

£156.80 VEPP1872

£32.00

610mm

760mm

1625mm

VEPP47

£102.40 VEPP2430

£18.40

610mm

915mm

1625mm

VEPP48

£115.20 VEPP2436

£21.60

610mm

1220mm

1625mm

VEPP49

£140.80 VEPP2448

£28.00

610mm

1520mm

1625mm

VEPP50

£166.40 VEPP2460

£34.40

610mm

1820mm

1625mm

VEPP55

£185.60 VEPP2472

£39.20

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Chrome Shevling Accessories

Shelving Accessories

Shelving & Accessories

information box

9

6 8 10

7

4

5

1

Post

2

Shelf

3

Shelf Panel

4

Shelf Dividers

5

Shelf Ledges

6

Back Grid

7

Half Moon Shelf

8

End Shelf

9

Garment Rail

10 Utility Rail 11 Sloping Shelf 12 Wine Shelf

2

13 Lipped Shelf

Please call for more details on these products.

1

3

Mobile Castors For the safe movement of goods. A wide range of castors can be fitted to make trolleys and carts. Size

Capacity

Order

4. Shelf Dividers Depth

Length

Order

170mm

305mm

VSD12

Price £ £3.20

170mm

355mm

VSD14

£3.68

170mm

460mm

VSD18

£4.00

170mm

610mm

VSD24

£4.80

Price £

5. Shelf Ledges

Price £

Braked Castors

Depth

Length

Order

115mm

760mm

VSL30

£2.40

115mm

1220mm

VSL48

£3.52

120mm

100kg

VR120BR

£11.20

115mm

1520mm

VSL60

£4.32

75mm

70kg

VR75BR

£8.00

115mm

1820mm

VSL72

£4.80

Unbraked Castors 120mm

100kg

VR120UB

£9.60

75mm

70kg

VR75UB

£7.20

Special Shelves Depth

Length

Order

Price £

11. 27 Degree Sloping Shelves 305mm

610mm

VSLT1224/27

460mm

915mm

VSLT1836/27

£14.40 £20.80

460mm

1220mm

VSLT1848/27

£25.60

355mm

915mm

12. Wine Shelf VW1436

£12.80

11. Sloping Shelf

12. Wine Shelf

13. Lipped Shelf

13. Lipped Shelves 460mm

915mm

VELS1836

£17.60

460mm

1220mm

VELS1848

£23.20

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

39


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Chrome Shelving

Security Cages •

Designed for use with chrome wire shelving

Unit fitted with 2 hinged lockable doors (padlock not provided)

Hard wearing nickel chrome finish

Supplied with 3, 4 or 5 shelves (including top and bottom)

Fully adjustable ‘quick fit’ shelves

Static units can be made mobile with 120mm swivel castors (see page 39 for details)

Security mesh panels are on a 50 x 30mm grid

2 sizes of units available: 460 x 915 x 1625mm high or 460 x 1220 x 1625mm high

Security Cage Unit Creates an easy to order complete bay of secure storage. It includes a complete bay of shelving with the added security cage kit. Castors sold separately (see page 39 for details). Units delivered fully assembled. Size

Order

Price £

Complete 3 Tier Units 460 x 1220 x 1770mm (with castors)

VMSC31848

£384.80

460 x 915 x 1770mm (with castors)

VMSC31836

£343.20

460 x 1220 x 1625mm (without castors)

VESC31848

£343.20

460 x 915 x 1625mm (without castors)

VESC31836

£301.60

Mesh Security Cage Kit Designed to change a complete bay of wire shelving into secure storage. The kit includes side and back mesh panels, hinged lockable doors and all fittings (excluding posts and shelves).

Complete 4 Tier Units 460 x 1220 x 1770mm (with castors)

VMSC41848

£407.20

460 x 915 x 1770mm (with castors)

VMSC41836

£360.00

460 x 1220 x 1625mm (without castors)

VESC41848

£365.60

460 x 915 x 1625mm (without castors)

VESC41836

£318.40

Size

Order

Price £

Security Kits for use with static bays (castors sold separately)

Wall Units

460 x 1220mm

VSEC1848

£247.20

460 x 915mm

VSEC1836

£222.40

4

1

2 3

Description Post & Wall Fixings

VEWB24

Price £ £6.40

915mm High Order VEWB36

Price £ £8.00

1220mm High Order VEWB48

£8.80

1

Post & Wall Fixings

2

Shelf Support (Single)

Price £

3

Shelf Support (Double)

VESSS18

£9.60

4

Standard Shelf

VESDS18

£10.40

355mm Deep

460mm Deep

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Single Shelf Support

VESSS12

£5.60

VESSS14

£8.80

Double Shelf Support

VESDS12

£8.80

VESDS14

£9.60

Shelf Width

305mm Deep

355mm Deep

460mm Deep

Order

Order

Order

Price £

Price £

information box

Price £

305mm Deep

Description

40

610mm High Order

Price £

760mm

VEC1230

£12.80

VEC1430

£13.60

VEC1830

£14.40

915mm

VEC1236

£13.60

VEC1436

£14.40

VEC1836

£16.80

1070mm

VEC1242

£14.40

VEC1442

£16.80

VEC1842

£20.00

1220mm

VEC1248

£15.20

VEC1448

£19.20

VEC1848

£22.40

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

racking & warehouse equipment page

APEX pallet racking

cantilever racking

bar and sheet storage

temporary barriers

rack protection systems

identification and labelling

racksack

warehouse floor markers & signals

scales

42 46 47 48 50 53 54 56 57

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

APEX Pallet Racking

APEX Pallet Racking Why choose APEX Pallet Racking? •

Designed for strength, durability and easy assembly

Best design, widest range & best prices

Wide range of beams and frames available

Versatile options to suit standard applications

Wide choice of upright heights and beam lengths

APEX pallet racking offers unbeatable flexibility

Beams ‘lock’ into uprights so the overall strength increases as weight is added

Highest quality on the market

Easy to configure

All frames are delivered KD

Kits are designed to accept all standard pallet sizes

information box APEX Pallet Racking is designed and manufactured in accordance with all major European and British quality approval systems (ISO9000). Meets and in many cases exceeds all standards set by SEMA (Storage Equipment Manufacturers’ Association). Helping to set the standards of design and manufacturing within industry

Need advice on creating the perfect pallet racking solution for your needs? Just give us a call and one of our trained advisors will be there to help.

42

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

APEX Pallet Racking

Pallet Racking – easy to order components Frames – 8000kg UDL Load Frame 900mm

Height

Order

Frame 3000mm (H) 8000kg UDL Load PSK0830000900GR

Frame 1100mm

Price £

Order

Price £

3000mm

PSK0830000900GR

£74.36 PSK0830001100GR

£77.58

4200mm

PSK0842000900GR

£104.68 PSK0842001100GR

£108.90

5400mm

PSK0854000900GR

£127.67 PSK0854001100GR

£132.89

6000mm

PSK0860000900GR

£139.14 PSK0860001100GR

£144.86

74.36

£

All frames are supplied in KD kit form.

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Frames include painted uprights, bases and galv bracing.

Beams (price per single beam) Length

Type

Loading UDL

Order

1350mm

Open U050

1000kg per level

PU050S1350073OR

£12.36

1350mm

Open U060

1250kg per level

PU060S1350073OR

£13.16

2700mm

Open U110

2000kg per level

PU110H2700073OR

£32.00

2700mm

Box C090

2000kg per level

PC090S2700073OR

£33.73

2700mm

Box C100

2500kg per level

PC100S2700073OR

£35.13

3300mm

Box C150

3000kg per level

PC150S3300073OR

£59.54

'U' Section Open Beam

Price £

'C'' Section Box Beam

Beam 1350mm (L) Open U050 PU050S1350073OR

12.36 each

£

Pallet Racking Accessories Upright Protector Kits

Pallet Support Bars

300mm and 450mm high

Two sizes available for both bay depths

Size

Order

Size

Order

300mm

PGKS300OR

£32.01

900mm

PPS0900GR

£15.74

450mm

PGKS450OR

£39.34

1100mm

PPS1100GR

£16.77

Price £

Beam Locks

Holding Down Bolt Expanding floor bolt Order BLTBFF1240ZP

Price £

Order

Price £

PBL

Price £

Pallet Support Bars

Upright Protector

Beam Locks

Beam Locks

£0.40

£0.54

Row Spacers

Levelling Plates

Space uprights for back to back bays Order

Price £

Size

Order

Price £

2mm

PLP2UN

£0.88

PRS0200GV

£2.54

3mm

PLP3UN

£1.16

PRS0300GV

£2.75

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

43


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

APEX Pallet Racking

Easy ordering APEX Pallet Racking Bay Kits There's never been an easier way to order Pallet Racking •

APEX Pallet racking is manufactured in accordance with European and British quality approved systems ISO9000, SEMA

Beams lock into the uprights increasing overall strength and rigidity as weight is added

APEX bay kits make ordering your pallet racking even easier

All frames supplied in KD Kit form

information box Important Safety Notes • • • • • •

44

To be sure of adequate rigidity and safety, you must use at least 2 beam levels per bay and a minimum run of two bays. Each bay has a maximum loading of up to 8000kg, it is important that you calculate the total weight of pallets in each bay to ensure the maximum loading capacity isn’t exceeded. Please check that the pallets used are in good condition and are suitably designed to be stored within a pallet racking system. All frames should be firmly secured using expanding floor bolts. We would recommend high level access equipment on all installations exceeding 6000mm. All weight loading calculations must be based on UDL (uniformly distributed load)

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

APEX Pallet Racking

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

made in the UK

information box

mm

Calculating the Beam Loading Each bay will accept a maximum load of 8000kg (UDL). Each beam level will accept a maximum of 2000kg (UDL) up to the capacity of the bay. Height to first beam load must not exceed 1500mm. Therefore the following maximum weight loading apply: H3000 x 3 beam levels - 2000kg per level H4500 x 4 beam levels - 2000kg per level mm

900mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £ £275.00

Accepts these pallets:

3000mm High Bay Starter

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2

2000kg

APR309027S

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2

2000kg

APR309027X

£195.00

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

900mm

2

1000kg

APR309013X

£125.00

Starter

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

3

2000kg

APR489027S

£420.00

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

3

2000kg

APR489027X

£305.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

900mm

3

1000kg

APR489013X

£190.00

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £

4800mm High Bay

1100mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

3000mm High Frame Starter

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2

2000kg

APR301127S

£280.00

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2

2000kg

APR301127X

£199.00

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

1100mm

2

1000kg

APR301113X

£128.00

£425.00

4800mm High Frame Starter

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

3

2000kg

APR481127S

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

3

2000kg

APR481127X

£299.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

1100mm

3

1000kg

APR481113X

£195.00

information box Need advice on creating the perfect pallet racking solution for your needs? Just give us a call and one of our trained advisors will be there to help

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

45


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Cantilever Racking

Cantilever Racking Designed for the safe and effective storage of long length items such as packs of timber, metal and plastics. •

Single or double sided racking

Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL

Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm

Single sided includes 3 adjustable arms + base

Double sided includes 6 adjustable arms + 2 x base

Black uprights and yellow arms as standard

Floor fixings and shims included

Professional installation teams available

Additional Arms and Pins Extra Storage Arms Arm Length

2-6

7+

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

600mm

VCLA2

£16.00

VCLA7

£13.33

900mm

VCMA2

£24.00

VCMA7

£21.33

1200mm

VCHA2

£34.67

VCHA7

£30.67

Minimum order quantity 2 arms Retaining Pins Pin Style

10-20

21+

Order

Price £

Order

Light Duty

VCLP10

£9.33

VCLP21

Price £ £6.67

Heavy Duty

VCHP10

£12.00

VCHP21

£8.00

Minimum order quantity 10 pins

information box

VCLSS1 Starter Bay (2 uprights + bracing)

All products on this page are also available in a fully galvanised finish. Please call for details.

Retaining Pin

VCLSE1 Extension Bay (1 upright + bracing)

Light & Medium Duty Arm Starter Bay

Type

46

Rack Height

Upright Upright Centres Capacity

Arm Length

Arm Capacity

Rack Style

1-2

Extension Bay 3+

1-2

3+

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

VCLSS3

£521.33

VCLSE1

£380.00

VCLSE3

£312.00

Light Duty

2700mm

1000mm

2250kg

600mm

250kg

Single Sided

VCLSS1

£634.67

Light Duty

2700mm

1000mm

4500kg

600mm

250kg

Double Sided

VCLDS1

£702.67 VCLDS3

£570.67 VCLDE1

£420.00 VCLDE3

£342.67

Medium Duty

4500mm

1200mm

3000kg

900mm

500kg

Single Sided

VCMSS1

£860.00 VCMSS3

£676.00 VCMSE1

£513.33 VCMSE3

£404.00

Medium Duty

4500mm

1200mm

6000kg

900mm

500kg

Double Sided

VCMDS1

£948.00 VCMDS3

£768.00 VCMDE1

£565.33 VCMDE3

£457.33

Heavy Duty

6000mm

1500mm

3000kg

1200mm

1000kg

Single Sided

VCHSS1

£1196.00 VCHSS3

£953.33 VCHSE1

£710.67 VCHSE3

£566.67

Heavy Duty

6000mm

1500mm

6000kg

1200mm

1000kg

Double Sided

VCHDS1

£1352.00 VCHDS3

£1150.67 VCHDE1

£804.00 VCHDE3

£684.00

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Bar and Sheet Storage

made in the UK

Bar & Sheet Storage Keep your valuable stock clean, tidy and safe from damage during the storage and manufacturing processes.

Multi-height Plate Rack Ideal for offcuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate. Support bar heights 400mm to 1000mm

Distance between bars 160mm

Sheet steel base

Pre-drilled for floor fixing

Blue epoxy finish

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Overall Dimensions: H1000 x W1400 x D800mm Weight: 75kg Multi-height Plate Rack H1000mm x W1400mm x D800mm VVHSR1

230.30

£

Vertical Storage Rack Fully welded steel construction with sheet steel base. •

600mm x 250mm storage bays

Pre-drilled for floor fixing

Blue epoxy finish

Vertical Storage Racks Overall No. Of Bays

Height

Width

Weight kg

Order

Price £

4

1500mm

1200mm

84kg

VVSR4

£221.10

6

1500mm

1800mm

108kg

VVSR6

£280.60

8

1500mm

2400mm

135kg

VVSR8

£341.65

Vertical Storage Rack H1500mm x W1200mm VVSR4

221.10

£

Multipurpose rack •

Distance between uprights: 305mm

Height from base to central support beam: 575mm

Pre-drilled holes to allow for floor bolting (bolts not supplied)

Finish: Blue epoxy

Multipurpose rack H1220 x W1080 x D1015mm VFHSR

244.15

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

47


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Temporary Barriers

Popular Post •

The Tensator Popular Post is a functional, self-assembly post

The UPVC post is available in a range of colours; black, red, blue, white and yellow

Each post features 2m of Tensabarrier® branded webbing

This cost-effective, practical post is ideal for areas with high traffic levels

Add a Heavy Duty sign frame for directional signage

Post Design Black

Red

Blue

White

Yellow

Webbing Length

2.0m

Webbing Design: Red/Black

White/Black

Yellow/Black

Order

-

V875/33/T1

-

Price £

-

£83.67

-

Order

V875/21/T2

-

-

Price £

£83.67

-

-

Order

-

V875/23/T1

-

Price £

-

£83.67

-

Order

-

V875/32/T1

Price £

-

£83.67

-

Order

-

-

V875/35/T3

Price £

-

-

£83.67

Heavy Duty Post •

Red post featuring red/white 3.65 or 2.3m chevron webbing

Yellow post also available with yellow/black 3.65 or 2.3m chevron webbing

Perfect for indoor or outdoor use, the Heavy Duty post features a UPVC moulded base and plastic post which can be removed

Removable base

The base has a handle to allow easy carrying

Post Webbing Length Design Webbing Design Red

Yellow

3.65m

3.65m

2.3m

2.3m

Red/White Chevron

Yellow/Black Chevron

Red/White Chevron

Yellow/Black Chevron -

Order

V886-M/21/D3

-

V886/21/D3

Price £

£93.67

-

£85.67

-

Order

-

V886-M/35/D4

-

V886/35/D4

Price £

-

£93.67

-

£85.67

A4 Post Top Sign – Heavy Duty

48

Direct, promote and inform with a difference

A4 portrait orientation

Available in black or polished chrome

No tools required and simple to slide onto all Tensabarrier® posts

Finish

Black

Chrome

Order

VHDSHA4HD-33

VHDSHA4HD-1P

Price £

£58.67

£83.67

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Temporary Barriers

made in the UK

Wall Mounted Barriers

Wall Mounted Barriers Webbing Design:

Red/White Chevron

Yellow/Black Chevron

Wall mounted units are ideal for closing off areas, walkways, lifts or escalators

Choice of 2.3m, 4.6m or 7.7m black body wall units

Available with black, red/white chevron, yellow/black chevron or standard text webbing

4.6m and 7.7m wall units available with clamp, warehouse rack mount, glass mount, removable (semi-permanent) and magnetic mount Includes a zinc wall clip to attach the tape end directly to a wall

Order

V897HC/33/33/B9

V897HC/33/33/ D3

V897HC/33/33/ D4

V897HC/33/33/ STD TEXT

Price £

£122.67

£122.67

£122.67

£178.67

Standard Text

2.3m Unit with Black Housing Order

V896/33S/B9

V896/33S/D3

V896/33S/D4

V896/33S/STD TEXT

Price £

£66.67

£66.67

£66.67

£84.00

Order

V897/33/33/B9

V897/33/33/D3

V897/33/33/D4

V897/33/33/STD TEXT

Price £

£69.67

£69.67

£69.67

£103.00

4.6m Unit with Black Housing

7.7m Unit with Black Housing

Unit Mounting Options 4.6m Units

7.7m Units

Description

Order

Price £

Order

Removable Fixing

V897R

£15.00

V897HCR

Price £ £15.00

Clamp Fixing

V897C

£15.00

V897HCC

£15.00

Magnetic Fixing

V897M

£24.00

V897HCM

£24.00

Glass Mount Fixing

V897G

£12.00

V897HCG

£12.00

Warehouse Rack Fixing

V897W

£15.00

V897HCW

£15.00

Additional Zinc Wall Clip

V540/L

£6.00

V540/L

£6.00

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Black

Zinc Wall Clip

Magnetic Fixing

Clamp

Removable (semi - permanent)

Tensacone

Warehouse Rack

Gl ass Mount

Designed to fit over most standard traffic cones, the Tensacone is a quick & effective way to restrict access

Available as an orange unit with red/white 3.65m chevron webbing

For added convenience buy as a package, the Tensacone Kit includes four Tensacones and four 750mm traffic cones

Description

Webbing Design

Order

Tensacone orange unit with red/white 3.65m webbing

Red/White

VTC114/30/D3

Price £ £37.67

Tensacone Kit comprising - 4 x Tensacones with red/ white chevron webbing and 4 x 750mm cones

Red/White

VTCKIT/30/D3

£166.67

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

49


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Rack Protection Systems

Flexi Bollard •

Flexi Bollard protects doorways and loading areas

Price includes all fixings

Monostrut Column Protection

Warehouse Column Protection

Actual product received may vary slightly from that shown.

Highly effective systems protect against vehicle impact damage

Standard & Heavy Duty column protectors

Price includes all fixings

Price includes all fixings

Comes with 4 anchors, Height 1000mm VA7050

400mm diameter VMONOCOL1

232.19

500mm diameter VWARCOL1

334.90

£

678.49

£

£

750mm diameter VWARCOL2

727.69

£

information box

Flexible Bollard provides single point impact protection. Operational up to 5 tonne impact. High visibility yellow finish. Rigid RSJ with rubber shock absorbing pads.

Rubber Barrier Protection Systems Designed to complement the spring steel systems, and where space is at a premium. Easy to fix, each Rubber Profile is designed to suit a particular application, from dock loading to simple wall corner protection.

4

2

3

5 available profiles

Simple and easy to fix

Weather and abrasion resistant

1

1. WALL GUARD Standard Length 3000mm Material EPDM Rubber Fixing Method ‘Hammerfix’ anchors (13 No.) c/w Cup Washer @ 500mm Centres 6mm dia hole-staggered top & bottom 3. DOUBLE 'D' Standard Length 6m Coil Material EPDM Rubber Fixing method 'Hammerfix' anchors (or similar) c/w Washer @ 400mm centres

50

Tri-Block 100 Description 2. 'D' SECTION Standard Length 3000mm Material EPDM Rubber Fixing method 10mm dia Expanding Anchor Bolts (8 No.) @ 400mm centres 4. COLUMN CORNER GUARD Standard Length 1200mm Material EPDM Rubber Fixing Method Adhesive c/w (6 No.) Screw, Rawlplug & Cup Washer

Order

Price £

Column Corner Guard 1200 x 100 x 100mm

VD1006-1

£51.51

D Section 3000 x 115 x 90mm

VD1007

£169.54

Anchor Bolt Fixing for above

VE1006

£3.50

Double D Section 6000 x 30 x 60mm

VD1008

£84.49

DD Fixings for above

VE2030

£0.66

Wall Guard 3000 x 30 x 200mm

VD1009

£127.93

Tri-Block 100 (price per metre) Tri-Block 100 incl. fixings

VTRIBLOCK

£118.79

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Rack Protection Systems

made in the UK

Standard Duty Steel Barriers Deflect and absorb the impact load and return to their original position

Unique spring steel barrier system

Designed to absorb shock load

Internal and external application

Galvanised finish

Minimal Maintenance

All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate base plates and anchor bolts as standard Description

Order

Initial 4m Warehouse Rail Section with 4 x 235mm Buffer Supports

Price £

VSDIR423

£238.57

Extension 4m Warehouse Rail Section with 3 x 235mm Buffer Supports

VSDER423

£202.60

Initial 4m Warehouse Rail Section with 4 x 610mm Buffer Supports

VSDIR461

£271.61

Extension 4m Warehouse Rail Section with 3 x 610mm Buffer Supports

VSDER461

£227.39

Joint Piece

VB3003

£7.87

Plastic End Cap

VB3004

£3.27

90° Bend (inc Joint Sets)

VB3005

£112.23

Quarter Bend Terminal (inc Joint Set)

VB3006

£76.66

QUARTER BEND TERMINAL

WAREHOUSE RAIL (160 x 40mm) 4 metre

90° CORNER

PLASTIC END CAP

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Standard duty 4 metre Rail Section with 4 x Buffer Supports

All Buffers and metal Barrier Rails are supplied with a Galvanised finish

Heavy Duty Steel Barriers All Buffers and metal Barrier Rails are supplied with a Galvanised finish. Designed to meet the impact requirements of BS6399.

All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate base plates and anchor bolts as standard Description

Order

Initial 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 3 Buffer Supports & all fixings

VHDIR32

£310.20

Extension 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 2 Buffer Supports & all fixings

VHDER32

£233.90

BUFFER

Price £

Heavy Duty Fish Tail End

VB2004

£46.97

Heavy Duty Bull Nose End

VB2005

£97.76

Heavy Duty Visibility End Cap

VB2006

£10.37

FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL CORNER 90°

FISH END TAIL 700

410 150

to fit 312 rail

600

400

We recommend a maximum Buffer spacing of 1600mm. BUFFER ANCHOR BOLTS - 2 per buffer Standard Fixing (16mm Diameter, 125mm Embedment)

PLASTIC END CAP

312

(Dimensions in millimetres)

BARRIER RAIL

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

51


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Rack Protection Systems

Steel Barrier Systems •

Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

Standard lengths available on short lead time

Finished in RAL 2011 Orange

Alternative colours and finishes available

Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

Discounts available for larger quantities

Barrier Length up to 1250mm 1

2-10

11+

Barrier Type

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Twin Channel

VB0S1

£213.33

VB0S2

£160.00

VB0S11

£128.00

Heavy Duty Rail

VB1S1

£226.67

VB1S2

£173.33

VB1S11

£140.00

Price £

Folded Rail

VB2S1

£206.67

VB2S2

£153.33

VB2S11

£116.00

Low Level Tubular

VB3S1

£186.67

VB3S2

£133.33

VB3S11

£114.67

Low Level Channel

VB4S1

£180.00

VB4S2

£126.67

VB4S11

£104.00

Barrier Length 1250-2500mm 1

2-10

11+

Barrier Type

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Twin Channel

VB0L1

£253.33

VB0L2

£200.00

VB0L11

£157.33

Heavy Duty Rail

VB1L1

£266.67

VB1L2

£213.33

VB1L11

£166.67

Price £

Folded Rail

VB2L1

£240.00

VB2L2

£186.67

VB2L11

£133.33

Low Level Tubular

VB3L1

£220.00

VB3L2

£166.67

VB3L11

£122.67

Low Level Channel

VB4L1

£202.67

VB4L2

£149.33

VB4L11

£113.33

Twin Channel

Heavy Duty Rail

Folded Rail

Low Level Channel

750mm high

750mm high

750mm high

Medium Duty 450mm high

Posts 100(w) x 100(d) mm

Posts 100(w) x 100(d) mm

Posts 100(w) x 50(d) mm

Posts 80(w) x 80(d) mm

Channel Rails 100 x 50mm

Rail 310mm high

Rail 200 x 8mm flat

Rail 76 x 38mm channel

VB0

VB1

VB2

VB4

Crash Protection Posts 3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications.

From Under

Alternative heights available

Standard items available on short lead time

Alternative colours and finishes available (RAL2011 Orange standard)

Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included Post Dimensions

2-4

53.33

£

5-10

11+

Height

Diameter mm

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

750mm

89

VPP102

£106.67

VPP105

£86.67

VPP1011

Price £ £53.33

750mm

89

VPP202

£120.00

VPP205

£109.33

VPP2011

£93.33

750mm

89

VPP302

£193.33

VPP305

£160.00

VPP3011

£140.00

Minimum order of 2 posts

information box All products on this page are also available in a fully galvanised finish. Please call for details.

52

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Identification and Labelling

Magnetic Location Markers Face magnetic markers can be added to any steel surface.

information box

Easily written on with wet wipe on/off pens. (Order VPB-10) Pack Qty

Colour

Order

Use a wet wipe marker pen, wipe off, update or move when required.

Price £

Magnetic Location Markers 20 x 80mm

100

White

VLM28W

£19.80

30 x 80mm

100

White

VLM38W

£25.50

50 x 80mm

100

White

VLM58W

£37.80

56 x 105mm

100

White

VLM105

£51.90

90 x 210mm

10

White

VLM219W

£15.30

100 x 150mm

100

-

VLM1015

£98.40

Order VPB-10.

Black Wet Wipe Pens -

10

VPB10

£17.70

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip Sticks to any steel surface, but removes instantly if need be. Simply cut to length. Five colour options:- White, Yellow, Red, Blue or Green. Roll Size

Order

Price £

10mm x 10m

VMSR1

£12.00

15mm x 10m

VMSR15

£16.80

20mm x 10m

VMSR2

£20.40

25mm x 10m

VMSR25

£24.30

30mm x 10m

VMSR3

£27.60

40mm x 10m

VMSR4

£35.10

50mm x 10m

VMSR5

£42.60

60mm x 10m

VMSR6

£42.90

70mm x 10m

VMSR7

£49.50

80mm x 10m

VMSR8

£53.40

90mm x 10m

VMSR9

£57.30

100mm x 10m

VMSR10

£62.10

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Size H x W

Simply add the letter of the colour you wish to order to the product code. eg. VMSR1-B (for blue)

Weight Load Notices Five semi-rigid weight loading notices, detailing the procedures for the maintenance of racking structures. The illustration allows for maximum shelf and bay load weights, to be labelled, or written in with a permanent marker pen, plus installation details and reference numbers. Your details can be printed in black at no extra cost. Description

Size H x W

Order

Sign suitable for Shelving Structures

356 x 254mm

VBLS1

Price £ £11.70

Sign suitable for Cantilever Racking

356 x 254mm

VBLS2

£11.70

Sign suitable for Drive Thru' Racking

356 x 254mm

VBLS3

£11.70

Sign suitable for Mezzanine Floor

356 x 254mm

VBLS4

£11.70

Sign suitable for Pallet Racking

470 x 350mm

VBLS5

£13.80

Self-Adhesive Magnetic Strip •

Locates on any steel surface

Makes anything magnetic

Eliminate the need for drilling

Strong permanent self-adhesive Description

Pack Qty

Order

13mm wide self-adhesive magnetic strip

30m Roll

VMSSA/13

Price £

20mm wide self-adhesive magnetic strip

10m Roll

VMSSA/20

£32.70

50mm wide self-adhesive magnetic strip

10m Roll

VMSSA/50

£51.00

£61.50

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

53


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Indentification and Labelling

Magnetic Numbers & Letters Sheets of letters or number sheets suitable for adherence to any steel surface. Available in White and Yellow Available in either 23 or 43mm High. Letters are A-Z and Numbers are 0-9 Description

Colour

Characters Tile per sheet or Height card

Order

Price £

Magnetic Numbers

White

43mm

71

VM43MIXWN

£17.70

Magnetic Letters

White

43mm

64

VM43MIXWL

£17.70

Magnetic Numbers

White

23mm

218

VM23MIXWN

£17.70

Magnetic Letters

White

23mm

207

VM23MIXWL

£17.70

Magnetic Numbers

Yellow

43mm

71

VM43MIXYN

£17.70

Magnetic Letters

Yellow

43mm

64

VM43MIXYL

£17.70

Magnetic Numbers

Yellow

23mm

218

VM23MIXYN

£17.70

Magnetic Letters

Yellow

23mm

207

VM23MIXYL

£17.70

Warehouse Information Labels Self adhesive or magnetic maximum uniformly distributed load labels printed to order. Highly visible black on yellow or white backgrounds. •

Printed with the text of your choice

Available in magnetic or self adhesive

Printed in black on yellow or white background

70/90mm high labels may be printed on two lines

Add W for White or Y for Yellow to order code

** Please note a minimum order value of £25.00 applies to this product range.

Self-Adhesive Labels

High Visibility Weight Loading labels - printed with text of your choice

Magnetic Labels

Size H x W

Order

Price £

Size H x W

25 x 200mm

VBL23

£0.84

25 x 200mm

VBL23M

£1.41

50 x 300mm

VBL53

£1.38

50 x 300mm

VBL53M

£2.64

70 x 300mm

VBL73

£1.95

70 x 300mm

VBL73M

£3.51

90 x 300mm

VBL93

£2.40

90 x 300mm

VBL93M

£4.38

Order

Your text can run to two lines on the 70mm and 90mm deep labels

Price £

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels Suitable for industrial or office use

Easy peel-off self adhesive application

Clean and simple to remove

Choose individual numbers or letter or complete sets

Supplied on sheets of identical characters

from top to bottom: VF3, VF4, VF5, VF6

Racksack

Individual Character Vinyl Labels * Order Price £

Size H x W

Characters per sheet or card

12.5 x 8.5mm

90

-

19 x 14mm

36

38 x 21mm 56 x 21mm

Numbers (0-9) Vinyl Lables

Letters (A-Z) Vinyl Labels

Order

Pack Qty

Price £

Order

Pack Qty

-

VF2-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£9.00

VF2-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£23.40

VF3

£.90

VF3-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£9.00

VF3-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£23.40

12

VF4

£.90

VF4-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£9.00

VF4-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£23.40

12

VF5

£1.26

VF5-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£12.60

VF5-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£32.76

Price £

90 x 38mm

6

VF6

£1.74

VF6-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£17.40

VF6-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£45.24

130 x 45mm

5

VF7

£2.25

VF7-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£22.50

VF7-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£58.50

230 x 140mm

1

VF8

£2.25

VF8-0-9

Set of 10 Cards

£22.50

VF8-A-Z

Set of 26 Cards

£58.50

* When ordering please specify letter or number required

Waste management problems are easily solved with the racksack. Suitable for most warehouse racking systems, the racksack quickly fixes to the end of your racking frame.

54

High Visibility Black on Bright Yellow Identification

Easy collection of waste

Easy to fix, easy to remove

Helps waste segregation

Hard-wearing and re-usable

Available in a range of colour coded designs

Alternative models available on request

Size H x W

Order

Pack Qty

1000mm x 920mm

VRSB1

1

Price £

1000mm x 920mm

VRSB5

5

£92.70

1000mm x 920mm

VRSB10

10

£173.70

£19.80

Please specify design when ordering

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Identification and Labelling

made in the UK

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders •

Clear plastic ticket holders

Front pulls forward for card to be inserted

Quick and easy to update

Magnetic or self-adhesive backing

Size H x W

Order

Pack Qty

25 x 100mm

VTS210

25 x 200mm 25 x 1000mm

Magnetic Ticket Holders

Price £

Size H x W

Order

Pack Qty

100

£37.50

25 x 100mm

VTS210M

100

Price £ £66.00

VTS220

50

£35.70

25 x 200mm

VTS220M

50

£52.50

VTS25/10

10

£29.40

25mm x 1m

VTS25M/10

10

£45.60

38 x 100mm

VTS310

100

£40.80

38 x 100mm

VTS310M

100

£69.90

38 x 200mm

VTS320

50

£38.40

38 x 200mm

VTS320M

50

£56.10

38 x 1000mm

VTS38/10

10

£33.90

38mm x 1m

VTS38M/10

10

£51.60

54 x 100mm

VTS510

100

£56.40

54 x 100mm

VTS510M

100

£83.10

54 x 200mm

VTS520

50

£51.00

54 x 200mm

VTS520M

50

£74.70

54 x 1000mm

VTS54/10

10

£48.60

54mm x 1m

VTS54M/10

10

£72.90

80 x 100mm

VTS810

100

£61.20

800mm x 100mm

VTS810M

100

£89.40

80 x 200mm

VTS820

50

£57.00

80 x 200mm

VTS820M

50

£81.60

80 x 1000mm

VTS80/10

10

£53.40

80mm x 1m

VTS80M/10

10

£76.20

Document Pockets Industrial pockets with welded edges are ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean, or simply for control of fast moving stock.

Ticket Holder Profiles

80

Height in mm 54 38 25

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Size H x W

Qty Per Pk

316 x 436mm A3 H

10

VMP3H/10

£51.90

VAP3H/10

£46.50

436 x 316mm A3 V

10

VMP3V10

£51.90

VAP3V/10

£46.50

Order

Price £

Order

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Self-Adhesive Ticket Holders

Price £

Magnetic - along top edge

Self Adhesive - top and bottom edge (VMP7H/100 Top Only)

215 x 310mm A4 H

10

VMP4H/10

£24.60

VAP4H/10

£16.80

Horizontal or vertical

310 x 220mm A4 V

10

VMP4V/10

£24.60

VAP4V/10

£16.80

Available in 7 Sizes

155 x 230mm A5 H

10

VMP5H/10

£20.40

VAP5H/10

£14.40

215 x 160mm A5 V

10

VMP5V/10

£20.40

VAP5V/10

£14.40

110 x 155mm A6 H

10

VMP6H/10

£19.50

VAP6H/10

£18.90

155 x 110mm A6 V

10

VMP6V/10

£19.50

VAP6V/10

£18.90

90 x 110mm A7 H

100

VMP7H/100

£68.40 VAP7H/100

£51.60

110 x 110mm

10

VMP1111/10

£18.90 VAP1111/10

£15.60

220 x 110mm

10

VM1122/10

£23.40 VAP1122/10

£22.20

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders •

Instant identification for steel racking and shelving

Individual 80mm wide labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip

Magnetic or self-adhesive, protective transparent PVC strip included

Label Holder Profiles

50

Height in mm 40 30 20 15

25

Magnetic Label Holders

Self-Adhesive Label Holders

Size H x W

Pack Qty

Order

Price £

15 x 80mm

100

VML18

£29.70

20 x 80mm

100

VML28X

£33.90

25 x 80mm

100

VML28

£36.60

30 x 80mm

100

VML38

£40.80

40 x 80mm

100

VML48

£54.00

50 x 80mm

100

VML58

£66.30

15 x 500mm

100

VML150

£38.40

20 x 200mm

100

VML250X

£42.90

25 x 200mm

100

VML250

£45.60

30 x 500mm

100

VML350

£50.10

40 x 500mm

100

VML450

£63.00

Size H x W

Pack Qty

Order

Price £

50 x 500mm

100

VML550

£81.30

15 x 80mm

100

VAL18

£36.30

15mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR1

£129.90

30 x 80mm

100

VAL38

£49.50

20mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR2X

£141.00

50 x 80mm

100

VAL58

£61.20

25mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR2

£147.00

15mm x 1m

10 strips

VAL1/10

£28.50

30mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR3

£156.00

30mm x 1m

10 strips

VAL3/10

£38.70

40mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR4

£189.00

50mm x 1m

10 strips

VAL5/10

£45.00

50mm x 50m

1 Roll

VMLR5

£219.00

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

55


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Indentification and Labelling

Identity Labels for every situation

3

You’ll be surprised how efficient your stores become with clear identification Precise and highly visible product identification is an essential part of any modern warehouse system. Our range of labels are designed to save time and money by ensuring staff are helped to work at peak efficiency. •

Strong, rigid styrene construction

Bold black characters

Drilled in four corners for easy fixing

Magnetic and Self Adhesive Bay Marker

Angled Aisle Marker

Bay End Identifier

A C

2 D

F

1

1. Angled Aisle Marker

E

2. Identification for the end of bays

Provides clear identification

Magnetic marker is suitable for cold-store warehouses

Price includes up to three digits Description

Size H x W

Colour

Angled Aisle Marker

95 x 130mm

Magnetic Angled Aisle Marker

95 x 130mm

Order

White / Yellow White / Yellow

Price £

Price includes black digits as stated

Markers in white or yellow (unless specified), please confirm colour and digits required Size H x W

Order

Price £

95 x 130mm

VAM1F

£6.60

95 x 160mm

VAM1FM

£6.90

VAMIT

£10.50

VAMITM

£12.00

A - Magnetic flange c/w up to 3 digits B - Aisle Marker c/w up to 3 digits

95 x 160mm

VAM1

£6.00

C - Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit

220 x 270mm

VAM2/1

£8.70

C - Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits

220 x 270mm

VAM2/2

£12.00

D - Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit

220 x 450mm

VAM3/1

£9.30

D - Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits

220 x 450mm

VAM3/2

£13.20

D - Aisle Marker c/w 3 digits

220 x 450mm

VAM3/3

£16.20

Individual Self-adhesive characters are sold separately, please order marker and character, specifying the characters required. Description

Description A - Self-adhesive flange c/w up to 3 digits

3. Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay Markers Size H x W

Order

Price £

One digit size self-adhesive bay marker

260 x 167mm

VBA1

£15.30

Two digit size self-adhesive bay marker

260 x 310mm

VBA2

£21.90

One digit size magnetic bay marker

260 x 167mm

VBM1

£15.30

Two digit size magnetic bay marker

260 x 310mm

VBM2

£21.90

Self-adhesive character for above Specify digit required A-Z, 0-9

230 x 140mm

VF8

£2.25

Warehouse Floor Markers and Signals

E - Aisle Marker in Yellow c/w 1 digit

660 x 343mm

VAM4

£17.40

F - Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit

600 x 600mm

VAM6/1

£44.10

F - Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits

600 x 600mm

VAM6/2

£68.70

Not Shown - Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit

300 x 300mm

VAM3X/1

£9.30

Not Shown - Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits

300 x 300mm

VAM3X/2

£13.20

Pallet Floor Markers

Warehouse Floor Signals

'L' to mark corners, 'T' between pallets, '+' for centre pallet positions, circles for walkways and directional arrows

Permanent adhesive

Graphic printed on underside of clear PVC film

Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing

Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively

Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic

Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic

430mm diameter size

Suitable for clean dry flat surfaces Description

Pack Qty

Order *

Description

Order

Price £

Cross Marker

10

VFS/+

£18.60

Directional arrow

VFM01

£16.90

'T' Marker

10

VFS/T

£12.90

No Entry

VFM02

£16.90

'L' Marker

10

VFS/L

£12.90

Authorised Personnel only

VFM03

£16.90

Circle Marker

100

VFS/O

£29.70

Keep Aisles Clear

VFM04

£16.90

Directional Arrow Marker

100

VFS/A

£29.70

Forklift Truck Area

VFM05

£16.90

Pedestrian traffic

VFM06

£16.90

No smoking

VFM07

£16.90

No naked lights

VFM08

£16.90

No food or drink

VFM09

£16.90

Price £

*Please add suffix to product code for colour required: BL for Blue, GR for Green, RD for Red or YE for Yellow

Available in four colours

56

B

1

Safety helmets must be worn

VFM10

£16.90

Eye protection area

VFM11

£16.90

Ear protection must be worn

VFM12

£16.90

Protective footwear must be worn

VFM13

£16.90

Floor slippery when wet

VFM14

£16.90

Watch your step

VFM15

£16.90

STOP

VFM16

£16.90

5mph speed limit

VFM21

£16.90

No forklift trucks

VFM22

£16.90

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LBK Bench Scales

CBK Bench Scales

Features:

Features:

Rechargeable battery

Stainless steel pan

Check weighing LED bar graph that shows red, orange and green lights as you approach the set check weighing limits

5 weighing units

Pre-set tare

Pre-set weighing limits with alarm and visual aid for more productivity

Auto power off

Memory accumulation

Overload alarm

Easy to use number pad

Adujstable level feet

Auto power off

Great for weighing, parts counting and percentage weighing.

Non slip adjustable feet

Order

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

VLBK3

3kg

0.5g

250 x180mm

Price £ £115.67

VLBK6

6kg

1g

250 x 180mm

£115.67

VLBK12

12kg

2g

250 x 180mm

£115.67

VLBK30

30kg

5g

250 x 180mm

£115.67

CBC Counting Scales Features: •

Rechargeable battery

Date and time

RS232 bi-directional interface, with multi languages, for connection to printers and computers

Non-slip adjustable feet

Colour coded key pad

Large stainless steel pan

Memory accumulation to add all readings in a batch for a total weight and count

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

VCBK4

4000g

0.1g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBK8H

8000g

0.1g

225 x 275mm

£271.67

VCBK8

8000g

0.2g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBK16

16kg

0.5g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBK32

32kg

1g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBK48

48kg

2g

225 x 275mm

£237.00

CPW Plus Weighing Scales Features: •

Stainless steel weighing pans with remote indicator

Wall mounting kit included

Large backlit LCD display

Simple 4 button operation

AC adapter and battery power

Order

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

4 weighing units (Kg, lb, oz, lb:oz)

VCBC4

4000g

0.1g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

Hold function

VCBC8

8000g

0.2g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

RS-232 bi directional interface

VCBC16

16kg

0.5g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBC32

32kg

1g

225 x 275mm

£202.33

VCBC48

48kg

2g

225 x 275mm

£237.00

GBK Bench Weighing Scales Features: •

Large backlit display

Check weighing LED lights

RS232 bi-directional interface

Check counting

Percentage weighing

Order

Order

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

VCPWPLUS35

35kg

10g

300 x 300mm

£124.33

VCPWPLUS75

75kg

20g

300 x 300mm

£124.33

VCPWPLUS150

150kg

50g

300 x 300mm

£124.33

VCPWPLUS200

200kg

50g

300 x 300mm

£136.83

Racking & Warehouse Equipment

Scales

Dynamic/Animal weighing Order

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

VGBK8

8kg

0.1g

300 x 400mm

Price £ £310.67

VGBK16

16kg

0.5g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

VGBK32

32kg

1g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

VGBK60

60kg

2g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

'M' Series Order

'L' Series Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

M Series VCPWPLUS35M

35kg

10g

500 x 500mm

£191.00

VCPWPLUS75M

75kg

20g

500 x 500mm

£191.00

VCPWPLUS150M

150kg

50g

500 x 500mm

£191.00

VCPWPLUS200M

200kg

50g

500 x 500mm

£203.50

VCPWPLUS35L

35kg

10g

900 x 600mm

£236.83

VCPWPLUS75L

75kg

20g

900 x 600mm

£236.83

L Series

VCPWPLUS150L

150kg

50g

900 x 600mm

£236.83

VCPWPLUS200L

200kg

50g

900 x 600mm

£249.33

VCPWPLUS300L

300kg

100g

900 x 600mm

£261.83

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

57


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Scales

GFK & GFK-M Floor Scales

GBC Bench Counting Scales

Features:

Features:

Full tare range

Battery operation with auto-off to save battery life

Backlit display shows weight, average piece weight and number of pieces counted.

Parts counting with freely selectable sample sizes

Preset counting to a value

Bi directional RS232 output

Entry for average piece weight of an item to be counted

Automatic accumulation

RS232 bi-directional interface

Parts counting

Check counting

Order

Capacity

Readability

Price £

VGFK75

75kg

5g

£293.33

VGFK150

150kg

10g

£293.33

Order

Capacity

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

VGFK300

300kg

20g

£293.33

VGBC16

16kg

0.5g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

VGFK600

600kg

50g

£491.67

VGBC32

32kg

1g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

VGBC60

60kg

2g

300 x 400mm

£250.00

EC Type Approved Models VGFK150M

150kg

50kg

£358.33

VGFK300M

300kg

100kg

£358.33

GFC Floor Counting Scales Features:

PT Platform Base

GFC floor counting scales makes quick work out of counting parts for greater efficiency.

Features: •

Adjustable heavy duty rubber feet

Checker tread plate (mild steel versions only)

Freely selectable sample size through keypad

Bi-directional RS-232

Backlit LCD display shows, weight, average piece weight and number of pieces counted.

Class III OIML approved loadcell installed

4 Loadcell construction with 3 metres of base to indicator cable

Stainless steel base versions available and Optional ramps

Rechargeable battery up to 70 hours of usage

Date and time

Selectable multi-language text for printing

Preset counting to a value

Entry for average piece weight of an item to be counted

Order

Capacity

Net Weight

Platform Size

Price £

Mild Steel Models VPT110

1000kg

90kg

1000 x 1000mm

£492.00

VPT310 VPT112

3000kg

90kg

1000 x 1000mm

£492.00

1000kg

120kg

1200 x 1200mm

£540.33

Applications include weighing, parts counting

VPT312

3000kg

90kg

1200 x 1200mm

£540.33

and check counting.

VPT115

1000kg

170kg

1500 x 1500mm

£645.00

VPT315

3000kg

170kg

1500 x 1500mm

£645.00

GK Indicator Features: •

Full tare range

Internal rechargable battery

Large backlit display with capacity tracker

Battery operation with auto-off

Parts counting with freely selectable sample sizes Readability

Resolution

Price £

VGKIND

Selectable

Selectable

Up to 1:30,000

£150.33

Applications:

58

Large backlit LCD

Rechargeable battery

Bracket for wall mounting

Hold function

Wash down meets IP66 standards

Stainless steel housing

Checkweighing LED lights

Capacity tracker

Readability

Platform Size

Price £

VGFC75

75kg

5g

400 x 500mm

£293.33

VGFC150

150kg

10g

400 x 500mm

£293.33

VGFC300

300kg

20g

400 x 500mm

£293.33

Features:

Capacity

Features:

Capacity

AELP Pallet Beams & GK Indicator

Order

AE402 Indicator

Order

Weighing

Animal / DynamicWeighing

Accumulation

Percentage weighing

Lightweight with handles and wheels for accurate portability

Precision load cells for accurate weighing results

Low profile beams to allow easy weighing of pallets using pallet trucks

2 beams per set

Supplied with GK indicator

Order

Capacity

Readability

Net Weight

Order

Capacity

Readability

Price £

VAELP1000+GK

1000kg

0.2kg

28.3kg

Price £ £555.67

VAE402

1.5kg to 750,000kg

0.0001kg to 50kg

£206.67

VAELP2000+GK

2000kg

0.5kg

28.3kg

£555.67

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

cabinets & lockers Page

lockers

blue & grey linbin cabinets

industrial cupboards

storage cabinets

steel bin cabinets

steel drawer cabinets

60 62 64 65 66 68

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Lockers

Durable Steel Lockers in a range of sizes and options to suit all requirments •

Robust all steel construction

Two widths and depths

Doors in red, yellow, smoke white, green, blue, black and silver

Carcasses in smoke white, silver and black

Durable powder coat finish

Pre-drilled for nesting

Cam locks as standard with two keys and card holder

Other locks available

Number plates available at extra cost (please call for details)

information box All of our lockers meet the following standards:

FROM ONLY V3030

76.67

£

Single Tier Lockers

Four Tier Lockers

Nest 1

Nest 2

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V3030

£76.67 V3030N2

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V3046

£91.65 V3046N2

1780 x 460 x 460mm

V4646

£108.80 V4646N2

Price £

Nest 3

Nest 1

Nest 2

HxWxD

Order

Price £

£144.33 V3030N3

£211.99

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V30304

£116.35 V30304N2

£223.68 V30304N3

£331.00

£169.38 V3046N3

£247.12

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V30464

£130.70 V30464N2

£247.50 V30464N3

£364.30

N/A

1780 x 460 x 460mm

V46464

£152.12 V46464N2

£290.32

N/A

Order

Price £

Nest 3

Price £

£203.68

Order

Order

Price £

N/A

N/A

Five Tier Lockers

Two Tier Lockers Nest 1

Nest 2

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V30302

£100.30 V30302N2

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V30462

1780 x 460 x 460mm

V46462

Price £

Nest 3 Order

Nest 1

Nest 2

HxWxD

Order

Price £

£191.59 V30302N3

£282.88

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V30305

£124.57 V30305N2

£240.14 V30305N3

£355.70

£111.92 V30462N2

£209.95 V30462N3

£307.97

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V30465

£136.68 V30465N2

£259.45 V30465N3

£382.22

£131.66 V46462N2

£249.40

N/A

Order

Price £

Nest 3

Price £

Order

Price £

N/A

Three Tier Lockers

Six Tier Lockers

Nest 1 Price £

Nest 2 Order

Price £

Nest 3

HxWxD

Order

Order

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V30303

£108.81 V30303N2

£208.61 V30303N3

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V30463

£122.00 V30463N2

£230.08 V30463N3

Price £

Nest 1

Nest 2 Order

Price £

Nest 3

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

£308.41

1780 x 305 x 305mm

V30306

£143.45 V30306N2

£277.90 V30306N3

Price £ £412.34

£338.17

1780 x 305 x 460mm

V30466

£156.24 V30466N2

£298.57 V30466N3

£440.90

Please state colour option of doors at time of order - Red, Yellow, Smoke White, Green, Blue and Silver and Black. Carcasses available in Smoke White, Silver and Black - Silver will be supplied unless otherwise specified.

60

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

made in the UK

Lockers

Clean Environment

Space Saving Uniform Locker

Two person Locker

Twin Locker

H1780 x W460 x D460

H1780 x W460 x D460

H1780 x W460 x D460

H1780 x W460 x D460

Complete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre partition and two double coat hooks.

Complete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre partition, one double coat hook and a further three, half width shelves.

Provides two sections per user with common key to fit both. One small full width compartment at the top of locker and a vertical compartment fitted with a double coat hook.

Each compartment complete with internal top shelf and a double coat hook.

Two Person Locker V2P4646

Twin Locker VTW4646

Cabinets & Lockers

Clean and Dirty Locker

Clean & Dirty Locker VCD4646

Uniform Locker VUN4646

130.23

146.84

£

£

162.56

151.34

£

£

Sloping Top

Standard Cam Lock

Sloping Top VLSTOP

Supplied as standard

10.31

£

Factory Fitted

Hasp & Staple Free of charge if ordered with locker in place of standard cam lock

Combination Lock A Supervisor will need to order a master key to enable them to reset the lock if a combination is forgotten. (one key required regardless of how many locks supplied)

Hasp & Staple VPFLK

6

£ .13

Description

Order

Price £

Combination lock

VCBLK

£43.84

Master set key for combination lock

VMKEY

£16.38

* We reserve the right to alter the lock design

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

61


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbin Cabinets

Linbin Steel Cabinets with doors Keep your stock safe and clean •

Ready assembled cabinets –  complete with shelves, fittings and two-point locking doors

70kg per shelf loading

Shelves easily adjustable on 50mm pitch

Extra shelves available separately 1000H x 915W x 460D - Blue VE403618BL

161.33

£ information box See page 6 for Linbin sizes

Complete with 2 shelves and 12 Linbins Linbins: 8 of No.7, 4 of No.8 (same combination also available in grey)

12 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK9BLA

268.00

£

388.00

£

62

11.22

£

Complete with 4 shelves and 20 Linbin Trays Linbin Trays: 20 x VTO224BL

12 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK9BL

20 Linbin Tray Cabinet Kit VECPK7BL

294.00

340.00

£

Complete with 3 shelves and 24 Linbins Linbins: 16 x No.7 (blue) and 8x No.8 (blue) (same combination also available in grey)

24 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK5BLA

Extra shelf only V1836ESHELF

£

Complete with 6 shelves and 24 Linbins Linbins: 6 x No. 5 (blue), 12 x No.7 (blue) and 6 x No.8 (blue) (same combination also available in grey)

24 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK5BL

430.00

£

24 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK1BLA

415.00

£

24 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK1BL

452.00

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbin Cabinets

made in the UK

More great value Linbin Cabinet Kits The big sellers - save money on these ready to use kits •

All Linbins and Linbin trays include free labels

Choose colourful Linbin kits for easy identification

Choose grey Linbin kits for savings

information box

information box See [page 4] for Linbin sizes

1830H x 915W x 460D - Grey VE723618GR

Shelf loading 70kg per shelf

211.53

£

Cupboard with doors

Linbin Trays are supplied in blue only

Complete with 1 shelf and 8 Linbins Linbins: 4 x No.8 (yellow), 2 x No.8 (blue) and 2 x No.8 (red) (same combination available in grey)

12 Linbin Trays/18 Coloured Linbins Kit VECPK17GR

12 Linbin Trays/18 Grey Linbins kit VECPK17GRA

467.00

433.00

£

£

8 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK21GRA

262.00

£

Complete with 3 shelves and 32 Linbins Linbins: 8 x No.7 (blue), 8 x No.7 (green), 8 x No.7 (yellow) and 8 x No.7 (red) (same combination also available in grey)

32 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK14GRA

406.00

£

32 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK14GR

446.00

£

Cabinets & Lockers

Complete with 4 shelves, 18 Linbins & 12 Linbin Trays Linbins: 12 x No.7 (green), 6 x No.8 (red) Linbin Trays: 12 x VTO224BL (same combination Linbins also available in grey)

8 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK21GR

284.00

£

complete with 3 shelves and 16 Linbins Linbins: 8 x No.8 (red), 4 x No.8 (blue) and 4 x No.8 (red) (same combination also available in grey)

16 Grey Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK18GRA

373.00

£

16 Coloured Linbin Cabinet Kit VECPK18GR

415.00

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

63


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Industrial Cupboards

Industrial Cupboards A practical and sturdy range of cupboards manufactured to withstand the wear and tear of industrial use. Brighten working environments by selecting strong colour combinations for carcass and doors.

Shelf Loading 85kg UDL

NEW black body option

Standard Cupboard Supplied with 3 adjustable full width shelves - extra shelves available on request.

Wardrobe Cupboard Complete with full width shelf and hanging rail. •

H 1780mm

W 915mm D 460mm

H 1780mm

W 915mm

D 460mm

Wardrobe Cupboard with hanging rail H1780 x W915 x D460mm VWAR703618IND

211.50

Standard Cupboard c/w 3 shelves H1780 x W915 x D460mm VSTD703618IND

£

8 Compartment Cupboard

Cupboard/Wardrobe

222.09

£

NEW black body option

H 1780mm

A useful combination of shelves and garment storage is created by a central partition. One side has 3 adjustable shelves while the other has a single shelf with hanging rail.

W 915mm

H 1780mm

D 460mm

W 915mm

D460mm

Incorporates a central partition with 6 adjustable shelves.

8 Compartment Cupboard H1780 x W915 x D460mm V8COM703618IND

273.73

£

Cupboard/Wardbrobe with half width hanging rail and 3 shelves H1780 x W915 x D460mm VCW703618

248.92

£

Open Cupboard

Low Cupboard

Features 4 adjustable shelves. •

H 1780mm

Complete with 1 adjustable shelf extra shelves available on request.

W 915mm

H 1015mm

D 460mm

W 915mm

D 460mm

Open Cubpoard H1780 x W915 x D460mm VOP703618IND

194.12

£

Low Cupboard c/w 1 shelf H1015 x W915 x D460mm VLC403618IND

169.39

£

Please state colour option of doors at time of order - Red, Yellow, Smoke White, Green, Blue and Silver and Black. Body available in Smoke White, Silver and Black - Silver will be supplied unless otherwise specified.

64

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Cabinets

Cabinet Series Perform •

Leaf door and sliding door multifunctional cabinets

Cabinet doors come with solid door option, solid door with perforated internal pane, and "clear view" doors

Weight load capacity per housing 800kg

Weight load capacity per normal extension drawer 50kg

Weight load capacity per shelf 100kg

Available in Blue, Dark Grey, Light Grey and Green - please specify at time of order

Please note : products shown in cabinets are not included

Perforated Leaf Door Cabinets Height

Perforated Leaf Door Cabinet with 1 shelf and 155 hooks

Width

Depth

Order

Price £

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13030204

£628.41

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13035204

£1190.65

Depth

Order

VFAA13035204

Sliding Door Cabinets Description

Height

Width

Price £

Sliding Door Cabinet with 4 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

450mm

VFAB33000104

£619.09

Sliding Door Cabinet with 6 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

450mm

VFAB33000404

£647.79

Sliding Door Cabinet with 8 shelves

2000mm 2046mm

450mm

VFAB73000104

£1154.29

VFAB33000404

VFAB33000104

Cabinets & Lockers

Description Perforated Leaf Door Cabinet with 1 shelf

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinets Description

Height

Depth

Order

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13020204

£747.20

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinet with 1 shelf, peforated back panels and 142 tool kit

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13025204

£1223.23

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinet with 2 shelves and peforated back panels

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14020204

£715.39

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinet with 4 shelves and peforated back panels

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14020404

£750.90

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinet with 4 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14020104

£683.93

Clear View Leaf Door Cabinet with 1 shelf and peforated back panels

Width

Price £

VFAA14020204

Clear View Sliding Door Cabinet Description

Height

Clear View Sliding Door Cabinet with 8 shelves

Width

2000mm 2046mm

Depth

Order

450mm

VFAB73020104

Depth

Order

Price £ £1702.76

Leaf Door Cupboards Description

Height

Width

Price £

Leaf Door Cupboard with 4 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13000104

£487.31

Leaf Door Cupboard with 4 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14000104

£512.55

Leaf Door Cupboard with 4 shelves and 1 drawer

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14000704

£566.53

Leaf Door Cupboard with 4 shelves and 2 drawers

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14000804

£620.51

Leaf Door Cupboard with 4 shelves and 3 drawers

2000mm 1023mm

555mm

VFAA14000204

£674.49

Leaf Door Cupboard with 6 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13000204

£514.17

Leaf Door Cupboard with 7 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13000304

£527.60

Leaf Door Cupboard with 8 shelves

2000mm 1023mm

400mm

VFAA13000404

£541.02

VFAB73020104

VFAA14000204

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

65


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Bin Cabinets

Steel Bin Cabinets – assembled and ready for use •

Manufactured from heavy 1mm and 1.2mm steel

Powder finish in choice of colours

Clear identification of stored components

Suitable for many applications

Doors available for all units

information box Cabinet sizes and options

Bin Sizes

Cabinet Heights

Shelf Profiles

Widths:

148mm (6 bins across)

Full Height: 1820mm

Dished

D

222mm (4 bins across)

Half Height: 937mm

Flush

F

296mm (3 bins across)

Lipped

L

445mm (2 bins across)

Heights:

148mm (12 bins down)

220mm (8 bins down)

293mm (6 bins down)

460mm (4 bins down)

Cabinet Width All cabinets: 942mm

'F' Flush shelves supplied unless other specified

Depths

Colour Options

Cabinet: 377, 427, 532mm

Grey (supplied as standard)

Internal: 305, 355, 460mm

Red

Shelf: 253, 305, 409mm

Blue Green

66

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Bin Cabinets

made in the UK

1820mm High - 72 bins

1820mm High - 24 bins

1820mm High - 32 bins

937mm High - 36 bins

937mm High -12 bins

937mm High - 16 bins

Bin size W x H

Bin size W x H

Bin size W x H

148 x 148mm

296 x 220mm

222 x 220mm

Depth

Order

Price £

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF113 VRBF114 VRBF115

£455.70 £508.70 £555.90

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF104 VRBF105 VRBF106

£321.45 £351.90 £378.25

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF107 VRBF108 VRBF109

£330.00 £371.10 £418.70

Cabinets & Lockers

Height 1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

1820mm High - 48 bins

1820mm High - 36 bins

1820mm High - 12 bins

937mm High - 24 bins

937mm High - 18 bins

937mm High - 6 bins

Bin size W x H

Bin size W x H

Bin size W x H

222 x 148mm

296 x 148mm

445 x 293mm

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF110 VRBF111 VRBF112

£396.80 £436.80 £485.70

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF116 VRBF117 VRBF118

£369.80 £415.75 £458.35

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF119 VRBF120 VRBF121

£268.65 £304.50 £325.00

information box Doors available as an option for all units.

Image Missing

Twin steel doors with lock and 2 keys. H1820mm Ref: VRBDF

1820mm High - 45 bins

1820mm High - 30 bins

Bin size W x H

Bin size W x H

148 x 148mm

222 x 220mm

295 x 293mm

445 x 293mm

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF134 VRBF135 VRBF136

£401.95 £431.45 £471.00

1820mm 1820mm 1820mm

305mm 355mm 460mm

VRBF131 VRBF132 VRBF133

£332.90 £368.00 £401.40

H937mm

£182.70

Ref: VRBDH £162.75

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

67


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steel Drawer Cabinets

Steel Drawer Cabinets High Density parts storage system •

Available with or without lockable doors

Drawer dividers available for further stock separation (not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers).

Steel Drawers have a rear retaining lip to hold drawer in unit while contents are viewed/accessed.

Cabinets are available in Grey, Red, Blue, Green and Yellow. Please specify when ordering.

Drawers are grey as standard Drawer cabinet without doors VDCD34

information box

560.90

£

Cabinet Sizes:

32 Drawer (Combination) 1070mm high

WxH

18 Drawer

135 x 75mm

6 Drawer

280 x 75mm

8 Drawer

205 x 180mm

All cabinets: 895mm wide Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm

Description

Width

Depth

Order

Drawer Cabinet without doors

895mm

305mm

VDCD33

Price £ £546.80

Drawer Cabinet without doors

895mm

460mm

VDCD34

£560.90

Drawer Cabinet with doors

895mm

305mm

VDCD33D

£598.80

Drawer Cabinet with doors

895mm

460mm

VDCD34D

£641.50

60 Drawer Cabinets Description

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Steel Drawer Cabinet without doors

1070mm

305mm

VDCD06

£597.20

Steel Drawer Cabinet without doors

1070mm

460mm

VDCD07

£824.70

Steel Drawer Cabinet with doors

1070mm

305mm

VDCD06D

£677.75

Steel Drawer Cabinet with doors

1070mm

460mm

VDCD07D

£904.70

60 Drawer, 460mm deep VDCD07

824.70

£

90 Drawer Cabinets Description

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Steel Drawer Cabinet without doors

1600mm

305mm

VDCD09

£1134.15

Steel Drawer Cabinet without doors

1600mm

460mm

VDCD10

£1175.00

Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm

Steel Drawer Cabinet with doors

1600mm

305mm

VDCD09D

£1225.70

Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

Steel Drawer Cabinet with doors

1600mm

460mm

VDCD10D

£1266.40

Divider slots at 20mm centres

30 Drawer Cabinets Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Drawer Cabinet without doors

Description

1070mm

305mm

VDCD21

£513.40

Drawer Cabinet without doors

1070mm

460mm

VDCD22

£549.30

Drawer Cabinet with doors

1070mm

305mm

VDCD21D

£594.00

Drawer Cabinet with doors

1070mm

460mm

VDCD22D

£629.90

30 Drawer, 460mm deep VDCD22

549.30

£

45 Drawer Cabinets Description

68

Height

Depth

Order

Price £

Drawer Cabinet without doors

1600mm

305mm

VDCD23

£717.80

Drawer Cabinet without doors

1600mm

460mm

VDCD24

£767.65

Drawer Cabinet with doors

1600mm

305mm

VDCD23D

£809.20

Drawer Cabinet with doors

1600mm

460mm

VDCD24D

£859.00

Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm Divider slots at 20mm centres

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

handling, containers & pallets page

euro stacking containers

container movement & storage

attached lid security containers

stack and nest containers

load palletisers

plastic pallets

collapsible pallet boxes

hypacages

ingredients storage & handling

70 72 73 73 74 75 76 77 78

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Euro Containers

Euro Stacking Containers •

Standard Euro sizes for compatibility with 1200 x 1000mm or 1200 x 800mm pallet

Compatible with other standard Euro containers

Highly durable and easy to clean

Ergonomic shell handles

High stacking load

Light Grey Colour

300 (L) x 200 (W) x 120mm (D) V32060

400 (L) x 300 (W) x 120mm (D) V32030

3

6

£ .25 each

£ .31 each

400 (L) x 300 (W) x 220mm (D) V32040

400 (L) x 300 (W) x 170mm (D) V32070

9

£ .29 each

£ .11 each

400 (L) x 300 (W) x 235mm (D) V444324

400 (L) x 300 (W) x 325mm (D) V32050

8

12.02 each

9

£

£ .20 each

Capacity (litres)

Order

300 x 200 x 120mm

5

V32060

£3.25

400

V32060P

£2.83

400 x 300 x 120mm

10

V32030

£6.31

200

V32030P

£5.54

400 x 300 x 170mm

15

V32070

£8.29

130

V32070P

£7.25

400 x 300 x 220mm

20

V32040

£9.11

100

V32040P

£8.02

400 x 300 x 325mm

30

V32050

£12.02

60

V32050P

£10.35 £8.23

LxWxD

70

Price Each £

Pallet Quantity

Order

Pallet Price Each £

400 x 300 x 235mm

20

V444324

£9.20

90

V444324P

600 x 400 x 120mm

20

V32000

£10.14

100

V32000P

£8.85

600 x 400 x 170mm

30

V32080

£12.34

65

V32080P

£10.69

600 x 400 x 220mm

40

V32010

£14.38

50

V32010P

£12.40

600 x 400 x 325mm

60

V32020

£19.08

45

V32020P

£16.51

600 x 400 x 425mm

90

V32090

£22.63

25

V32090P

£19.22

600 x 400 x 235mm

45

V446424

£14.49

50

V446424P

£12.95

See our webite for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Euro Containers

made in the UK

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 120mm (D) V32000

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 170mm (D) V32080

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 220mm (D) V32010

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 235mm (D) V446424

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 325mm (D) V32020

600 (L) x 400 (W) x 425mm (D) V32090

10.14 each

12.34 each

£

14.49 each

14.38 each

£

£

19.08 each

22.63 each

£ Hinged Lid •

Snap fit to above Euro stacking container

Secure with locking snaplocks (included)

Can be easily retrofitted

Dark Grey

Handling, Containers & Pallets

£

£

300 (L) x 200 (W) V32151

3

£ .57

Hinged Lids Length

Width

Order

Price £

300mm

200mm

V32151

£3.57

400mm

300mm

V32141

£3.83

600mm

400mm

V32131

£6.03

400 (L) x 300 (W) V32141

3

£ .83

600 (L) x 400 (W) V32131

6

£ .03

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

71


Container movement & storage

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Euro Container Racking •

Compact line side storage for 600 x 400mm Euro Containers

3 bay units adjustable to suit different container heights

Containers slide on glides rated at 50kg per pair max load

Each bay has a maximum load of 250kg

Grey finish

Optimal worktop available in plain light grey

information box Containers not included - please see page 70 for Euro Containers suitable for these units.

Order

Size

Description

VFTR1SD

1390 x 2010 x 600mm

3 bay run of FTR shelving with 27 pairs of guide rails

£653.13

VFTR2SD

1390 x 1010 x 600mm

3 bay run of FTR shelving with 14 pairs of guide rails

£406.47

VFTRW

1390 x 600 x 30mm

Plain light grey laminate worktop

£214.29

VFTR1CSD

Price £

VFTR2CSD

Euro Container Dolly 600 x 400

Euro Container Dolly 800 x 600

Suitable for Euro containers of 600 x 400 mm footprint (or two 400 x 300 mm footprint)

Suitable for Euro containers of 800 x 600 mm footprint (or two 600 x 400 mm footprint)

Loading capacity up to 150 kg

Loading capacity up to 500 kg

4 rubber wheeled castors (4 steering, 1 with brake)

4 rubber wheeled castors (2 steering & 2 fixed castors)

Dolly for 800 x 600 Containers 800 x 600 x 200 Black V80184185R

89.42

£

Dolly for 600 x 400 Containers 586 x 386 x 135 Dark Grey V801560

51.80

£

Order

Size

Description

V801560

586 x 386 x 135

Dolly for 600 x 400 Containers

£51.80

Dolly for 800 x 600 Containers

£89.42

V80184185R 800 x 600 x 200mm

72

Price £

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Stack & Nest Containers

made in the UK

Attached Lid Containers •

Nestable attached lid containers

Stack securely on top of each other when lids closed

Length

Width

Height

Capacity (litres)

Order

High quality durable container made from polypropylene

600mm

400mm

265mm

50

V436426

£15.71

75

V436426P

£13.83

600mm

400mm

310mm

56

V436431

£16.91

75

V436431P

£14.89

Sealable using tamper evident seal

600mm

400mm

370mm

67

V436437

£17.91

75

V436437P

£15.80

Comfortable ergonomic handles

Highly space saving when nested

Price £

Pallet Quantity

Order

Price £

Blue V436426

15.71

£

Handling, Containers & Pallets

External Dimensions: 600 x 400 x 265mm Internal base dimensions: 530 x 350mm Nesting Height: 110mm Capacity: 50 Litres Weight: 2.8kg

Blue V436431

16.91

£

External Dimensions: 600 x 400 x 310mm Internal base dimensions: 515 x 348 Nesting Height: 110mm Capacity: 56 Litres Weight: 3.1kg

Blue V436437

17.91

£

External Dimensions: 600 x 400 x 370mm Internal base dimensions: 510 x 348mm Nesting Height: 110mm Capacity: 67 Litres Weight: 3.5kg

Stack and Nest Container •

Containers stack by rotating through 180°

High loading durable design

Length

Width

Height

Capacity (litres)

Order

High quality durable container made from polypropylene

600mm

400mm

300mm

50

V436430

Protected label area

Comfortable ergonomic handles

Ribbed internal base

Price £

Pallet Quantity

Order

100

V436430P

£12.34

Price £ £10.80

Blue V436430

12.34

£

External Dimensions: 600 x 400 x 300mm Internal base dimensions: 523 x 343mm Nesting Height: 106mm Capacity: 50 Litres Weight: 2.4kg

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website

73

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

page 73.indd 73

14/02/2011 10:49


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Load Palletisers

Loadhog – Pally

information box

The pallet and wheeled dolly in one! Offering a truly one touch materials handling platform, the Pally seamlessly integrates all the features of both a pallet and a dolly in one ingenious 800x600mm, patented design.

What would Pally mean to your business

Compatible with forklifts, racking and automated production lines as a stable pallet. The Pally will deliver significant reductions in supply chain handling and increases in productivity compared to traditional equipment and practices.

42% less vehicles

64 loaded Pally units per 40ft trailer vs 45 roll cages (without double stacking)

42% less transport cost, on-site traffic & fuel

With the addition of the Loadhog Lid, the Pally becomes a complete, reusable, fully secure and waste-free materials handling system. One foot press on the pedal at either end transforms the unit into a fully mobile wheeled dolly (and back to a pallet again with one more press) •

800 x 600 x 180mm L x W x H

One pedal push to engage pallet/dolly format

Rated for up to 500kg load

No additional lifting equipment required

Actionable from both ends

Manual handling features

Dedicated push/pull handle locations

Description

Loadhog Pally

Loadhog complete Pally and Lid

Materials

(Recycled) Polypropylene

(Recycled) Polypropylene

Height

180mm

240mm

Length

800mm

800mm

Width

600mm

600mm

Weight kg

15kg

21kg

Max. Pally lifting weight

500kg

500kg

Max. locking load per strap

N/A

140kg

Nesting height

80mm

240mm

Stacking height when nested

5 units/metre

4 units/metre

Temperature

Max +40°C/Min -10°C

Max +40°C/Min -10°C

RFID Transponder

ISO 15962 passive tag. ISO 15962 passive tag. read/write 2k bits read/write 2k bits

Order

VPAL

VPALSYS

Price £

£90.00

£148.00

Loadhog Pally VPAL

Tray location and stacking features

Two swivel, two fixed castors

90.00

£

Pedal lifting mechanism

HogBox The ultimate in flexible bulk-handling for retailers and industry Created as an end-to-end transit system, the HogBox is capable of being used at suppliers as an individual box, consolidated for efficient bulk handling in transit and separated for movement to shelf. HogBox combines the large volume of a pallet box with the ease of use of a small tote box. •

200 litres/100kg capacity

6 boxes secured as 1 unit with the Loadhog Lid

No pallets needed to move

50% less vehicles

No one-trip packaging

Faster unloading

Zero waste

25% faster shelf replenishment

Stackable/nestable

Maximum security

HogBox 1000 x 600mm VHBOX

59.00

£

74

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Euro Containers

made in the UK

Export Nestable Pallet • Nestable pallet • Ideal for export

Export Nestable Pallet 1200mm x 800mm VC1208N

• Lightweight • Sturdy • ISPM15 Compliant

Export Nestable Pallet 1200mm x 1000mm VC1210N

• Dynamic load up to 1000kg • Not rackable

Strong and Durable Moulded Pallets • Dynamic load up to 1000kg

Handling, Containers & Pallets

• Rackable load up to 250kg • Reusable, lightweight, one-piece moulding • Low cost – ideal for export • Easy four-way entry

3 Runner Pallet 1200mm x 1000mm VPC4CR 3 Runner Pallet 1200mm x 800mm VPC5CR

• Dynamic load up to 1000kg • Rackable load up to 400kg • Tested to all ISO specifications • Large entry gaps to accommodate all truck designs • Performance in accordance with ISO racking and impact tests

3 Runner Pallet 1200mm x 1000mm VPHR3 3 Runner Pallet 1200mm x 800mm VPHR1

information box Please call your local distributor to discuss your pallet needs. To allow us to quote you the best prices possible, all prices will be quoted on an individual basis based on your requirements. Discounts are available for larger quantities.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

75


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Collapsible Pallet Boxes

Collapsible Pallet Boxes •

Side walls collapse using 'easy-to-operate' collapsing mechanism

Collapsed pallet boxes save up to 70%

Compatible with other commonly used collapsible pallet boxes

Drop down picking flap in a short and long wall

External Dimensions: 1200 x 1000 x 975 Internal base dimensions: 1120 x 920 x 767 Folded Height: 408mm Volume: 790 Litres Loading Capacity: 500 kg

2 long runners and 3 feet

Weight: approx. 51kg

Loading capacity 500 Kg

Static loading 2750 Kg

Dynamic loading 1650 Kg

Grey V3412105000

235.19

£

Grey V3412085000

212.76

£

External Dimensions: 1200 x 800 x 950 Internal base dimensions: 1120 x 720 x 748 Folded Height: 397mm Volume: 603 Litres Loading Capacity: 500 kg Weight: approx. 45kg

76

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hypacages

made in the UK

Collapsible Hypacages •

Robust wire construction

Collapsible - saving on return journey costs

Half Hinged Gate access

Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging

Bright electro zinc plated finish

Large jumbo version available V15HC6

Heavy Duty Hypacage 1/2 Drop Front V15SJA7

Standard Hypacage V15HC3

136.14

178.06

£

£

Overall Size

Handling, Containers & Pallets

Ideal for a host of handling and distribution needs

Capacity

Stackability

Mesh Size

Weight/Unit

Order

1000 x 1200 x 1000mm

Internal Height Folded Height 850mm

280mm

600kg

4 high

65 x 120mm

51kg

V15HC3

Price £ £136.14

1000 x 1200 x 900mm

750mm

210mm

1500kg

4 high

50 x 50mm

75kg

V15SJA7

£178.06

1000 x 1500 x 1000mm

850mm

280mm

600kg

4 high

65 x 120mm

63kg

V15HC6

£161.46

Stackable Retention Units •

Up to 1000kg capacity

Range of heights available

Hinged Half Gate access as standard

Bright electro zinc plated finish

25 unit stack on one pallet for return journey

Convert a flat pallet into a stackable container in seconds Pallet Size

Overall height

Stackability

Mesh Size

Folded Dimensions

Weight/Unit

Order

Price £

800 x 1200

1000mm

Internal Height Capacity 850mm

800kg

4 high

60 x 100mm

910 x 2050 x 65mm

30kg

V16106

£88.85

1000 x 1200

1000mm

850mm

800kg

4 high

60 x 100mm

910 x 2250 x 65mm

32.5kg

V116110PT

£99.74

1000 x 1200

1200mm

1050mm

800kg

3 high

60 x 105mm

1100 x 2250 x 65mm

37.5kg

V116130PT

£124.57

1000 x 1200

1450mm

1300mm

800kg

2 high

60 x 105mm

1350 x 2250 x 65mm

48.5kg

V116140PT

£147.83

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

77


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Ingredients, Storage & Handling

Inter-stacking Ingredients Tubs A range of four inter-stacking tubs with four working heights including a common lid and dolly for secure mobile handling. • Lightweight food grade polyethylene • Easy to clean • Inert to most chemicals • Colour coding available on request Suitable for • Bakery Ingredients • Fats

VTB400004

VTB750004

VTB110004

VTB160004

• Liquids Standard dolly and Lid to suit all tubs Height

Width

Capacity (litres)

Load

Order

Price £

178mm

425mm

18

18kg

VTB400004

£27.30

300mm

425mm

31

30kg

VTB750004

£30.98

438mm

425mm

46

30kg

VTB110004

£32.62

641mm

425mm

67

30kg

VTB160004

£37.06

Lid VLI100104

Dolly VD0171701

14.44

66.81

£

£

Ingredients Dispensing Units Ideal for bench top use within a bakery environment • Adjustable flow rate restricting plate to suit different ingredients • Ensures good rotation of ingredients • Avoids spillage, waste and ingredient cross contamination • Translucent design gives replenishment level indication • Label recess panel to identify ingredient Suitable for • Bakery Ingredients • Salt Storage

VTB210004

VTB610004

VTB900004

• Sugar Storage Height

Width

Depth

Capacity (litres)

Load

Order

Price £

474mm

205mm

424mm

21

10kg

VTB210004

£83.56

616mm

280mm

674mm

63

20kg

VTB610004

£96.80

600mm

410mm

673mm

90

30kg

VTB900004

£111.12

Mobile Ingredients Containers Heavy-duty mobile containers for movement of powdered or liquid ingredients around food processing areas. • Robust construction for long working life • Stepped side-walls provide additional load support • Loose fitting lid option

VMO900004

• Large castors help ride uneven floor areas • Smooth lines for easy emptying and cleaning Suitable for • Food ingredients • Liquids • Waste products

VMO140004

Length

Width

Height

Capacity (litres)

584mm

450mm

685mm

100

800mm

450mm

685mm

145

990mm

686mm

762mm

305

100mm (4 swivel)

VMO100004

400

125mm (2 fixed, 2 swivel)

VMO900004

1330mm

78

VMO210004

720mm

775mm

Castors 75mm (2 fixed, 2 swivel) 75mm (2 fixed, 2 swivel)

Order VMO140004 VMO210004

Price £

Description

Additional Lid to fit VMO140004 Additional Lid to fit £114.66 VMO210004 Additional Lid to fit £153.89 VMO100004 £103.23

£258.17

NA

VMO100004

Order

Price £

VLl140004

£31.35

VLl20004

£31.80

VLI120006

£34.12

NA

NA

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

mobiles, trucks & trolleys

container trolleys

moulded container trucks

dollies and folding trolleys

sack trucks

drum handling

load movers

pallet trucks & lifting tables

workshop and service trolleys

platform trucks

roll containers

page

80 83 84 85 88 89 90 95 100 103

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Euro Box Carts & Chrome Trolleys

Euro Container Box Carts

information box

Modular box cart trolleys designed for the transportation of a range of Euro size (600 x 400mm) boxes

All box cart units are delivered in knock down form for assembly.

Bolt free design offering quick & easy assembly

Units supplied in knock down kits

Comprising of strengthened frame, 4 posts & castors and the required quantity of box runners.

Fully adjustable to accept any number of 600 x 400 euro boxes

Simply snap the collar onto the post anywhere on a 25mm pitch and drop the runner into position

Strong & durable

Made from nickel chrome mild steel with standard 75mm swivel castors.

Unit capacity 150Kg

Euro containers not included, available separately

See [pages 70 & 71] for our range of Euro containers suitable for these carts Euro Box Carts for 120mm high boxes Description

Height

Width

Depth

Order

6 Tier Cart

1100mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC1211

Price £ £136.00

8 Tier Cart

1450mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC1214

£155.20

10 Tier Cart

1750mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC1217

£174.40

Price £

Euro Box Carts for 220mm high boxes Description

Height

Width

Depth

Order

3 Tier Cart

1100mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC2211

£107.20

6 Tier Cart

1750mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC2217

£136.00

Price £

Euro Box Carts for 325mm high boxes Description

Height

Width

Depth

Order

2 Tier Cart

1000mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC3210

£97.60

4 Tier Cart

1750mm

480mm

610mm

VEBC3217

£116.80

All-purpose Chrome Trolleys Our good looking general purpose trolleys are available in a range of sizes for all sorts of uses. •

Trolleys 990mm High

Chrome finish

Flat packed for quick assembly

150kg overall capacity

Four 75mm non marking castors 3 Tier Chrome Trolley VET1824/3

2 Shelf Trolleys Width

Depth

Order

Price £

610mm

460mm

VET1824/2

£83.20

762mm

460mm

VET1830/2

£88.00

914mm

460mm

VET1836/2

£92.80

1070mm

460mm

VET1842/2

£99.20

610mm

610mm

VET2424/2

£96.00

762mm

610mm

VET2430/2

£102.40

914mm

610mm

VET2436/2

£108.80

1070mm

610mm

VET2442/2

£116.80

Price £

95.20

£

See Chrome Shelving on [page 38]

3 Shelf Trolleys

80

Width

Depth

Order

610mm

460mm

VET1824/3

£95.20

762mm

460mm

VET1830/3

£102.40

914mm

460mm

VET1836/3

£109.60

610mm

610mm

VET2424/3

£112.80

762mm

610mm

VET2430/3

£122.40

914mm

610mm

VET2436/3

£132.00

1070mm

610mm

VET2442/3

£144.00

** Additional charge for braked castors

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Container Trolleys

made in the UK

Aluminium Trolleys Moving and handling containers is so easy with our mobile aluminium Container Trolleys Tray or container trolleys manufactured to suit standard or non standard container sizes. Can be used in conjunction with Standard Euro Containers or any flat based container. Each trolley is fitted with 100mm diameter plastic swivel castors (two braked). Standard version manufactured from 45mm square aluminium tube and lightweight version manufactured from 25mm square aluminium tube. Lightweight available as flatpack if required –  please specify when ordering. •

Easy to clean – Rust Free

Resists acids and salts

Impact resistant

100mm plastic swivel castors, two braked

Special sizes – ask for details

Takes Standard Euro Containers

6 Tier Standard Mobile Aluminium Trolley VSTT6

251.87

£

Standard Aluminium Trolleys Description

Order

4 Tier Container Trolley

VSTT4

Price £

6 Tier Container Trolley

VSTT6

£251.87

8 Tier Container Trolley

VSTT8

£257.60

10 Tier Container Trolley

VSTT10

£263.32

8 Tier Standard Mobile Aluminium Trolley VSTT8

10 Tier Standard Mobile Aluminium Trolley VSTT10

257.60

263.32

£

£

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

£240.43

Lightweight Aluminium Trolleys Description

Order

4 Tier Container Trolley

VLSTT4

Price £ £181.48

6 Tier Container Trolley

VLSTT6

£191.56

8 Tier Container Trolley

VLSTT8

£196.61

10 Tier Container Trolley

VLSTT10

£200.64

All trolleys are supplied without containers. For our selection of Euro containers, please see [pages 70 & 71]

10 Tier Lightweight Mobile Aluminium Trolley VLSTT10

200.64

£

6 Tier Lightweight Mobile Aluminium Trolley VLSTT6

191.56

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

81


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Container Trolleys

Steel Trolleys

Height

Width

Ready built, ready to go

Depth

Order *

Price £

3 Tier Stock Trolley with 4 tyred wheels 1200mm

A range of top quality trolleys. These easy-handling trolleys are manufactured from high quality steel tube and are fitted with free-running castors or tyred wheels. Braked castors are also available.

915mm

470mm

VCT06

£233.90

4 Tray Trolley with 4 non marking castors 625mm

All trolley frames are available in blue or red. Please specify at time of ordering.

1395mm

500mm

VGTR4L

£178.40

6 Tray Trolleys with 4 non marking castors 1135mm

625mm

500mm

VGTR60

£198.00

1945mm

625mm

500mm

VGTR6L

£211.85

8 Tray Trolley with 4 non marking castors 1415mm

625mm

500mm

VGTR80

£224.00

10 Tray Trolleys with 4 non marking castors

Low Level and Tall 6 Tray Trolleys

955mm

625mm

930mm

VGTR25

£260.85

1720mm

625mm

930mm

VGTR100

£250.90

* These codes and prices are for trolleys only.

4 Tray Trolley

information box Containers not included please see page 70 & 71 for the Euro Containers suitable for these units

4 Tray Trolley VGTR4L

178.40

£

Tall, 6 Tray Trolley VGTR6L

211.85

£

Low Level, 6 Tray Trolley VGTR60

198.00

£

Containers each V446424

14.49

Containers each V32000

£

Containers each V446424

14.49

£

10.14

£

3 Tier Stock Trolley

information box Swivel tiers can be tilted 15° or 30° in each direction

3 Tier Stock Trolley VCT06

233.90

£

Containers each V32000

10.14

£ Low Level, 10 Tray Trolley VGTR25

260.85

£

82

Containers each V32000

10.14

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Container Trucks

made in the UK

Rocker Truck Lid VT322LID

Plastic Moulded Container Trucks

47.06

£

Our best selling range of rugged trucks for every purpose

Rocker Trucks •

300 litres capacity

Moulded in virgin ‘A’ medium, density polyethylene

Snag-free one-piece body

12mm plywood base strengthener

Strong castors in rocking diamond pattern

Nesting for space-saving storage

Red, yellow or blue

Lids available

-20°C to +60°C temperature range

Two 75mm, Two 100mm fixed nylon castors

Please specify Red, Yellow or Blue at order stage

Rocker Truck 1041L x 749W x 737H VT322

175.69

£ 150 litre - Colour 4 way truck 720L x 665W x 640H VSP39D

Bottle Skips

77.65

Three sizes

Strong four-way swivel 50mm castors

Moulded in virgin ‘A’ medium, density polyethylene

Snag-free one-piece body

Nesting for space-saving storage

Red, blue or green

Please specify Red, Blue or Green at order stage

130 litre - Colour 4 way truck VSP39B 150 litre - Colour 4 way truck 890L x 560W x 620H VSP39C

77.65

£

77.65

£

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

£

Mini Container Trucks •

115 litres/50kg capacity

Moulded in high density polyethylene

Snag-free one-piece body

Supplied with close fit lids

Strong 50mm nylon swivel castors

Nesting for space-saving storage

Red, yellow, blue or green

Please specify Red, Yellow, Blue or Green at order stage

Mini mobile truck 610L x 510W x 530H V5509

84.71

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

83


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Container Trolleys & Dollies

Clever Folding Trolley and Box

Clever Trolley VGC051Y

201.02

£

Manufactured from injection moulded plastic and anodised aluminium frame this lightweight and durable unit can be collapsed quickly and easily with one hand. The unit includes a folding box which can be clipped to the top platform. The upper tray is hinged to allow for bulky items to be accommodated on the lower tray. Load capacity: 20kg on top tray & 40kg on bottom tray. (Additional boxes available).

Shown completely folded Overall size: L890 x W550 x H1030mm Weight: 7kg Safety clips Foot operated brake

Large Folding Box Trucks These compact folding trucks are very easy to use- constructed from durable, moulded plastic it folds flat for easy carrying and storage. Perfect for lightweight carrying and storage. VGI042Y even comes with its own lid. Overall Size

Description Large Folding Box Truck

Folded Weight kg Dimensions

Order

Large Folding Box Truck with lid VGI042Y

Price £

H990 x W460 H470 x W460 x x D390mm D85mm

4kg

VGI041Y

£35.04

Large Folding H990 x W460 H470 x W460 x Box Truck with lid x D390mm D85mm

5kg

VGI042Y

£39.40

39.40

£

Large Folding Box Truck VGI041Y

35.04

£

Mini Plastic Platform Dolly A lightweight platform dolly ideal for use in offices, shops, schools, warehouses etc. Available in 3 colours - Blue, Red or Grey. Platform is made from injected moulded plastic with 2 x fixed and 2 x swivel 100mm rubber tyred castors. •

Overall size: L600 x 400 x 110mm

Weight: 3.5kg

100mm rubber tyred castors

Mini Platform Dolly - Red VGI154YRD

50.73

£

Mini Platform Dolly - Blue VGI154YBL

50.73

£

Mini Platform Dolly - Grey VGI154YGR

50.73

£

84

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Sack Trucks

Standard Sack Truck

Standard Sack Truck with P-shaped handle

Universal sack truck designed for general use.

Very popular "P shaped handle" truck for applications where you need to steer the truck with one hand only. P‐shaped sack barrows are a favourite with delivery drivers.

Capacity: 250kg

Height: 1200mm

Toe plate: 355 x 240mm

Wheels: ø260mm, Pneumatic

Capacity: 250kg

Height: 1300mm

Toe plate: 355 x 205mm

Wheels: ø260mm, Pneumatic

Standard Sack Truck V415KI

Sack Truck with P-shaped handle V422KI

75.00

79.00

£

Universal Sack Truck with Strong Toe Plate

£

Heavy Duty Delivery Drivers' Sack Truck Sack truck with a heavy duty design intended for professional use.

A general purpose, medium duty sack truck with a strong toe plate.

Ideal for deliveries and everyday use. Favourite with delivery drivers. •

Capacity: 250kg

Capacity: 150kg or 200kg

Height: 1210mm

Height: 1070mm

Toe plate: 340 x 170mm

Toe plate: 360 x 200mm

Wheels: ø200mm, Solid rubber

Wheels: ø200mm, Solid rubber

Universal Sack Truck with Strong Toe Plate, 150kg V403KI-150

49.00

£

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

A good quality, all‐round sack truck.

Delivery Drivers' Sack Truck V404KI

79.00

£

Universal Sack Truck with Strong Toe Plate, 200kg V403KI-200

59.00

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

85


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Sack Trucks

Light Duty Folding Sack Truck Aluminium and lightweigh folding truck. Designed for personal or light commercial use.

Light-weight Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids

Capacity: 90kg

Height: 1120mm

This is very light yet strong alloy truck. It is weighs only 8kg, yet carries up to 180kg. It is fitted with low friction skids for ease of movement up and down steps or kerbs.

Toe plate: 350 x 240mm

Capacity: 180kg

Wheels: ø160mm, Solid rubber

Height: 1080mm

Toe plate: 300 x 205mm

Wheels: ø260mm, Pneumatic

Light-weight Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids V444KI

99.00

£

Light Duty Folding Sack Truck V430KI

69.00

£

Aluminium Two-Way Sack Truck V435KI

169

£

86

.00

Aluminium Two-Way Sack Truck This model unfolds to enable the unit to be used as a platform trolley. Fitted with pneumatic wheels to provide a smooth ride over uneven surfaces. •

Capacity: 200kg

Height: 1310mm

Toe plate: 450x190mm

Wheels: ø260mm, Pneumatic

Overall Size: 1310 x 510mm

Weight: 20kg

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Heavy Duty Sack Trucks

made in the UK

Conventional Sack Trucks •

Strong traditional design with a choice of 'toe' lengths to suit your products

Smooth running wheels Conventional Long Toe Sack Truck - Solid tyres VST27

122.35

Heavy Duty Conventional Sack Truck - Pneumatic tyres VST101P

125.25

£

149.90

£

£

Maximum Load 200kg Description

Heavy Duty Conventional Sack Truck - Pneumatic tyres VST102P

152.60

£

Maximum Load 350kg

Overall Size H x W

Toe Size W x D

Max. Load

Order

Price £

Conventional Short Toe Sack Truck

1170 x 635mm

355 x 305mm

200kg

VST26

£122.35

Conventional Long Toe Sack Truck

1170 x 635mm

355 x 450mm

200kg

VST27

£125.25

Heavy Duty Conventional Sack Truck

1140 x 605mm

395 x 230mm

350kg

VST101P

£149.90

Heavy Duty Conventional Sack Truck

1140 x 605mm

395 x 450mm

350kg

VST102P

£152.60

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Conventional Short Toe Sack Truck - Solid tyres VST26

Versatile Multi Purpose 3 in 1 Truck •

Wheels: 200mm dia solid rubber tyred wheels

Rear Castors: 125mm dia swivel castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings

Rectangular section and round tube welded construction

Solid Toe Plate: L x W: 200 x 475mm

Finish: Blue Epoxy

Pneumatic tyred version available

Super Heavy Duty VST56

173.10

£

4 Wheel Transporter

Platform Truck

Sack Truck

O/A L x W X H: 1170 x 930 x 480mm

O/A L x W X H: 1250 x 830 x 480mm

O/A L x W X H:585 x 1250 x 480mm

Maximum Load 400kg For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

87


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Drum Trucks

Circular Drum Dolly

Pallet Loading Drum Truck

Capacity 300kg

Designed for loading steel or plastic 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms.

75mm nylon wheels with roller bearings

Sliding drum retention clamp

Flat steel braces fitted with four swivel castors

250mm and 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings

Capacity 300kg

Max load 300kg

Max. load 300kg Step 1

Circular drum dolly 610mm internal diameter VDDY

78.90

£

Pallet loading drum truck H1100 x L1660 x W610mm VDT40

247.50

£

Clamp for plastic drum add to VDT40 VDT41P

58.10

£

Drum Trucks

Step 2

Built for heavy industrial use •

Strong tubular construction

Rear castor designs for extra stability

Extra long handle for more leverage

Sliding centre section with hook to grasp drum lip

Solid or pneumatic tyres

Enamel finish

Plastic hand grips

Drum truck/wheels - castors 250dia. tyres 125dia. castors VDT24

213.90

£

Drum truck/pneumatic wheels 400dia. tyres - 125dia. castors VDT27

248.70

£

Drum Tilt Lever Wide twin tubular handle and cross member with rim hook.

Drum tilt lever L1300 x W400mm VL50

54.45

£

88

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Skates & Lifting Jacks

made in the UK

Skates & Lifting Jacks Shifting Skate Sets Industrial shifting skates can be used wherever heavy objects have to be moved. Skates are maintenance free and come with handles for easy handling. A skate set consists of 1 x Steerable Skate and Drawbar with 2 x Adjustable Skates and Connecting Rods.

Skate sets with 2t-128t capacity are also available 9 Tonne Shifting Skate Set

36 Tonne Shifting Skate Set

Capacity: 9t

Capacity: 36t

Skate Height: 105mm

Skate Height: 115mm

Roller size: ø 85mm

Roller size: ø 83mm

Roller material: Nylon

Roller material: Steel

9t Skate Set VSTCM9

18 Tonne Shifting Skate Set •

Capacity: 18t

Skate Height: 115mm

Roller size: ø 85mm

Roller material: Nylon

18t Skate Set VSTCM18

390.00 £540.00

£

36t Skate Set VSTCM36

720.00

£

Load Skates – The easy way to move heavy and awkward loads

Roller Crowbar Load 1.5 tonnes

Steel tube lever bar 2000mm long

Nylon roller 100mm diameter

Maximum skate/ toe height 200mm

Weight 13kg

Hydraulic Jacks 12 Tonne Hydraulic Jack (2 Stage) •

Capacity: 12000 kg

Lifting stroke: 140 mm

Minimum toe height: 40 mm

Lifting range at toe: 40 - 260 mm

Approx. weight: 68 kg

6t Hydraulic Jack VTBL60

345.00

£

Notes: 12t Lifting capacity on toe, 15t on top 1.5t Roller Crowbar VFCMBO

115.00

£

12t Hydraulic Jack VTBL20

595.00

£

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Compact Adjustable Speed Hydraulic Jacks 3 Tonne Hydraulic Jack (3 Stage)

8 Tonne Hydraulic Jack (3 Stage)

Capacity: 3000 kg

Capacity: 8000 kg

Lifting stroke: 130 mm

Lifting stroke: 140 mm

Minimum toe height: 15 mm

Minimum toe height: 25 mm

Lifting range at toe: 15-240 mm

Lifting range at toe: 25-295 mm

No. of steps: 3

No. of steps: 3

Approx. weight: 21.5 kg

Approx. weight: 28 kg

6 Tonne Hydraulic Jack (Single Stage) •

Capacity: 6000 kg

Lifting range at toe: 35 - 195 mm

Lifting range at end plate: 320 - 580 mm

Capacity at toe: 6000 kg

Approx. weight: 22.5 kg

3t Hydraulic Jack VTGL30

295.00

£

8t Hydraulic Jack VTGL80

445.00

£

Notes: 6t Lifting capacity on toe, 7.5t on top

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

89


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Pallet Trucks

800mm Fork Length, Width over Forks 380mm, 500kg Laod Capacity VLLT500

199

£

.00

Mini Pallet Trucks •

Loads up to 500kg

3 Position control lever

Low profile forks

Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers

Lift height: 60-170mm

Light weight: weighs only 35kg

Ideal for back of the van or for handling small pallets

This pallet truck is not suitable for standard Euro or GKN Pallets

Budget Pallet Truck 1150mm Fork Length, Width over Forks 550mm, 2200kg Load Capacity VDF5401150

199

£

.00

Loads up to 2200kg

3 Position control lever

Tapered Forks

Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers

Lift height: 85-200mm

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Top quality, full specification hand pallet truck made from high-grade steel to the latest design. Robust build to give many years of hard work. Suitable for all types of warehouse, industrial and agricultural use. •

Six standard sizes

Nylon wheels, single rollers standard, all other wheel combinations available

Special Fork lengths from 500 to 3500mm and widths from 300mm to 3000mm can be made to order Fork Width Length over Forks

Order VMA25-10-54

Load Capacity

Price £

VMA25-10-54

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

VMA25-11-54

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

£235.00 £235.00

VMA25-12-54

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

£235.00

VMA25-10-68

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

£235.00

VMA25-11-68

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

£235.00

VMA25-12-68

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

£235.00

VMA25-11-68

Quick Lift Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks VQL25-10-54

Raise forks 25mm in one stroke and only 5 strokes to full height

Comfortable rubberised plastic handle

Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers

Optional parking and travel brakes Fork Width Length over Forks

Order

Load Capacity

Price £

VQL25-10-54

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

VQL25-11-54

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

£269.00 £269.00

VQL25-12-54

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

£269.00

VQL25-10-68

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

£269.00

VQL25-11-68

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

£269.00

VQL25-12-68

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

£269.00

Optional Extras Description

Order

Nylon Tandem Load Roller

VNTN

Price £ £18.00

Rubber Steer Wheels & Single Polyurethane Load Rollers

VRSPU

£30.00

Polyurethane Steer Wheels & Tandem Load Rollers

VPUTPU

£35.00

Parking Foot Brake

VFPB

£65.00

Travel and Parking Hand Brake

VTHB

£115.00

Add to price for Pallet Truck

90

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Pallet Trucks

Printer's Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks •

Ideal for narrower and/or shorter pallets used in the printing industry

Compact design - easy to negotiate in tight spaces

Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard

Choice of different wheel materials

Optional parking and travel brakes

Lift height: 75 - 190mm

Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

Load Capacity

Price £

VMA25/09/45

900mm

450mm

2500kg

£259.00

VMA25/10/45

1000mm

450mm

2500kg

£259.00

VMA25/09/45

Extra Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Designed for handling long loads or two pallets simultaneously

Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard

Choice of different wheel materials

Optional parking and travel brakes

Lift height: 85 - 200mm

Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

Load Capacity

Price £

VMA20/15/54

1500mm

540mm

2000kg

£345.00

VMA20/18/54

1800mm

540mm

2000kg

£435.00

VMA20/20/54

2000mm

540mm

2000kg

£545.00

VMA20/15/68

1500mm

680mm

2000kg

£345.00

VMA20/18/68

1800mm

680mm

2000kg

£435.00

VMA20/20/68

2000mm

680mm

2000kg

£545.00

VMA20/20/54

VMA20/18/54

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Weighing Pallet Trucks •

Hand Pallet truck with built in scales

2000kg capacity

0.5kg increments

0.1% accuracy

Works from rechargeable battery pack

Special sizes can be made to order Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

VMAWS-EUR

Load Capacity

Price £

VMAWS-EUR

1150mm

560mm

2000kg

£1195.00

VMAWS-GKN

1150mm

690mm

2000kg

£1195.00

Hand Pallet Trucks with Adjustable Width Over Forks •

Hand Pallet truck with adjustable width over forks allows handling of different size pallets with one machine

Width over forks is adjustable either from 400 to 520mm (ideal for the printing industry for example) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse and transportation use).

Revolutionary design Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

VPTA25ML

Price £

VPTA25MS

910mm

400-520mm

£295.00

VPTA25M

1060mm

400-520mm

£295.00

VPTA25ML

1160mm

400-520mm

£295.00

VPTA25LS

910mm

530-680mm

£295.00

VPTA25LM

1060mm

530-680mm

£295.00

VPTA25L

1160mm

530-680mm

£295.00

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

91


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

High Lifters and Skid Lifters

Manual version VMHL540E

High Lift Pallet Trucks •

Hand pallet trucks used to raise pallets to an ergonomic working height

Help prevent back strain and injury

Automatically braked when forks raised over approx 300mm

1000 or 1500kg capacity

Two standard sizes

Manual and Electric versions

Stainless steel and galvanised versions available Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

Type

Capacity

Price £

VMHL540M

1160mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

VMHL680M

1160mm

680mm

Manual

1000kg

£499.00 £499.00

VMHL540E

1160mm

540mm

Electric

1000kg

£1195.00

VMHL680E

1160mm

680mm

Electric

1000kg

£1195.00

VJL5215

1100mm

520mm

Manual

1500kg

£549.00

VJL6815

1100mm

680mm

Manual

1500kg

£549.00

VJE5215

1100mm

520mm

Electric

1500kg

£1295.00

VJE6815

1100mm

680mm

Electric

1500kg

£1295.00

Electric version VMHL540M

Skid Lifter

VSL505

Combination of high lift pallet truck and lift table

Forks for lifting pallets and removable platform for lifting boxes

Foot pump to raise forks and easy release lowering lever on handle

Polyurethane tyred wheels

500kg or 1000kg capacity

Two standard widths Order

Fork Length

Width over Forks

Type

Capacity

Price £

VSL50S

1115mm

540mm

Manual

500kg

£595.00

VSL50L

1115mm

700mm

Manual

500kg

£595.00

VSL100S

1115mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

£695.00

VSL100L

1115mm

700mm

Manual

1000kg

£695.00

Mobile Scissor Lift Table With greater focus on health and safety in today’s workplace, manual lifting tables provide a convenient and practical solution to today’s manual handling needs of many industries. •

Mobile scissor lift tables are CE marked and conform to EN1570 (Safety requirements for lifting tables)

Manual hydraulic lift operated by foot pump with relief valve preventing overload Order

VTXL200

VTXL800

92

Platform Size

Lift Height

Approx. weight

Capacity

Price £

VTXL150

450 x 700mm

225-740mm

43kg

150kg

£275.00

VTXL200

500 x 1000mm

340-1000mm

70kg

200kg

£325.00

VTXL300

500 x 815mm

280-900mm

75kg

300kg

£345.00

VTXL500

500 x 815mm

280-900mm

79kg

500kg

£395.00

VTXL800

510 x 1000mm

420-1000mm

115kg

800kg

£495.00

VTXL1000

515 x 1015mm

380-1000mm

118kg

1000kg

£565.00

VTXL1500

610 x 1220mm

420-1010mm

142kg

1500kg

£695.00

VTXL150D

450 x 700mm

300-1100mm

64kg

150kg

£345.00

VTXL350D

500 x 910mm

350-1300mm

103kg

350kg

£445.00

VTXL680D

610 x 1220mm

475-1500mm

170kg

680kg

£595.00

VTXL800D

610 x 1220mm

485-1500mm

181kg

800kg

£645.00

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Lift Stackers

made in the UK

Heavy Duty Manual/Electric Lift Stacker

VKI500/1500A

VKI1000/1600A

Ergonomic design with tiller handles at waist height and pushing handles at shoulder height to provide extreme manoeuvrability. Swivel castors make these machines easy to use in the tightest spaces. All stackers are fitted with safety valves to prevent overloading. Special capacities up to 2000kg

Lift heights up to 3700mm

Steer wheel fitted with brake

Safety valve prevents overloading

Burst pipe safety valve

Straddle versions, galvanised or stainless steel finish available on request

Order

Lift Height

Width over Forks

Capacity

Price £

VKI1500/1600A

1500mm

300-740mm (adjustable)

500kg

£845.00

VKI1000/1200

1200mm

550mm

1000kg

£945.00

VKI1000/1600

1600mm

550mm

1000kg

£995.00

VKI1500/1600

1600mm

550mm (adjustable)

1500kg

£1445.00

VKI1000/1600A

1600mm

240-940mm (adjustable)

1000kg

£1045.00

VKI1000/2500

2500mm

550mm (adjustable)

1000kg

£1250.00

VKI1000/3000

3000mm

550mm

1000kg

£1345.00

VKI000/1600

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Heavy Duty Electric Lift Stacker Order

Lift Height

Width over Forks

Capacity

Price £

VKIE1000-1600

1600mm

545mm

1000kg

£1995.00

VKIE1000-2500

2500mm

545mm

1000kg

£2125.00

VKIE1000-3000

3000mm

545mm

1000kg

£2245.00

VVE1000-3500

3500mm

545mm

1000kg

£3950.00

VVE1000-3700

3700mm

545mm

1000kg

£4250.00

VKIE1000/3000

VVEI000/3500

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

93


Powered Pallet Trucks & Stackers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks Compact pallet truck with electric drive for easy and economic pallet handling VLEMP10/10/54

Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck

Manual Lift / Electric Drive

Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads

Minimum maintenance

Built in charger

Very low noise levels

Highly manoeuvrable with 180° steering Order

Fork Width Length over Forks

Capacity

Price £

VLEMP10/10/54 1000mm

545mm

1000kg

£1595.00

VLEMP10/11/54 1150mm

545mm

1000kg

£1595.00

VLEMP15/11/54 1150mm

545mm

1500kg

£1795.00

Medium and Heavy Duty Compact Powered Pallet Trucks Light weight, small yet robust electric pallet truck designed for horizontal movement of pallets. Ideal for retail, small stores and warehouses, onboard delivery vehicles, factories and more. •

Loads up to 1300kg or 2000kg

Electric lift and drive

High mobility in confined areas due to its compact size

Light enough to be used on mezzanine floors and vehicle tail lifts

Operating hours & battery charge indicator

Outstanding stability

Smooth step-less speed control

Lift height: 85 – 200mm

Optional extras: VLEMPT13/10/54

Please see web for optional extras Order

Fork Width Length over Forks

Capacity

Price £

VLEPT13/10/54

1000mm

540mm

1300kg

£3495.00

VLEPT13/11/54

1150mm

540mm

1300kg

£3495.00

VLEPT13/10/68

1000mm

680mm

1300kg

£3495.00

VLEPT13/11/68

1150mm

680mm

1300kg

£3495.00

Capacity

Price £

Order

Fork Width Length over Forks

VLEPT20/11/54

1150mm

540mm

2000kg

£5495.00

VLEPT20/10/68

1000mm

680mm

2000kg

£5495.00

Fully Powered Pallet Stackers Medium to Heavy Duty Pallet Stacker A range of pedestrian electric stackers with single and double masts.

VLPS12.16

Compact design for operation in tight areas

Ideal for handling Euro pallets

Built-in battery charger

Multi-function tiller head

Smooth step-less speed control

Range of special accessories

Optional extras: •

94

Please see web for optional extras Order

Lift Height

Capacity

Price £

VLPS12.16

1600mm

1200kg

£5495.00

VLPS12.25

2500mm

1200kg

£5995.00

VLPS12.30

3000mm

1200kg

£6495.00

VF12APE3.5

3500mm

1200kg

£8735.00

VLPS16.45

4500mm

1600kg

£8995.00

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys & Workstations

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys

Shelf Trolleys

These versatile shelf trolleys have steel frames and 12mm laminate-finished particle board shelves in a steel surround. They are supplied flat packed and are quick to assemble using just an Allen key. Then you can easily add shelves and adjust their heights whenever you like. •

Two or four shelf versions

Choice of sizes and configurations

Load capacity: 50kg per shelf

Hardwearing powder coated finish

Optional mesh end panels

125mm swivel castors, two with brakes

Description

Shelf Size

Height

Width

Depth

Order

2 Shelf Trolley

430 x 800mm

1015mm

900mm

535mm

VTRTA4082

£246.00

2 Shelf Trolley

430 x 1000mm

1015mm

1100mm

535mm

VTRTA4102

£254.00

2 Shelf Trolley

530 x 800mm

1015mm

900mm

635mm

VTRTA5082

£262.00

2 Shelf Trolley

530 x 1000mm

1015mm

1100mm

635mm

VTRTA5102

£270.00

4 Shelf Trolley

430 x 1000mm

1535mm

1100mm

535mm

VTRTA4104

£410.00

4 Shelf Trolley

530 x 1000mm

1535mm

1100mm

635mm

VTRTA5104

£435.00

Mesh End Panel Description 364 x 604mm Mesh Panel

information box

Extra Shelves Quantity Order Price £ pair *

VNET2

* 4 shelf trolleys require 2 pairs.

Request additional mesh panels to avoid spillage.

Price £

Adjustable 4 Shelf Trolley D535 x W1100 x H1535mm VTRTA4104

£42.00

Shelf Size

Order

430 x 800mm

VTRHA408

Price £ £64.00

430 x 1000mm VTRHA410

£69.00

530 x 800mm

VTRHA508

£70.00

530 x 1000mm VTRHA510

£75.00

410.00

£

Adjustable 2 Shelf Trolley D535 x W900 x H1015mm VTRTA4082

246.00

262.00

£

Universal Trolley Use as a PC station, measuring point or for mobile storage •

Three height adjustable shelves included

Two swivel and two braked castors 100mm diameter

Made from aluminium and powder coated steel

Strong 25mm laminated particleboard worktop

150kg load capacity

Optional extra shelf or tilting shelf

Optional pull-out keyboard shelf and power channel

Supplied flat packed

Universal Trolley H1415 x W650 x D650mm VWTR140

539.00

£

Trolley supplied with 3 standard shelves

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

£

This combination (trolley and shelf) VTRTA5082 and VTRHA508

Max. Load 150kg

Accessories Description

Order

Extra Shelf W530 x D650mm

VTS605

Price £ £59.00

Tilting Shelf W530 x D650mm

VTAS605

£114.00

Keyboard Shelf W500 x D250mm

VNT500ESD

£124.00

Four UK Socket Power Channel

VTJK404

£158.00

Mobile Workbench •

Highly versatile mobile workbench, with integrated lower shelf

Worktop height is adjustable by Allen key between 690-990 mm

Worktops are of 25mm laminated particleboard in light grey

Steel frame parts are epoxy powder coated light grey paint, RAL 7035

100mm dia swivel castors of which two are braked

Load capacity 75 kg/shelf static u.d.l.

Supplied flat packed

Mobile Workbench Worktop 700 x 500mm VCTR705

315.00

£

Worktop size 700 x 500mm

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

95


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Polythene Moulded Trolleys

Polyethylene Moulded Service Trolleys Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, the electronics and pharmeceutical industries These multi-purpose trolleys are moulded from super strong polyethylene. This remarkably practical material is non-conductive and is unaffected by battery acid, most solvents and cleaning materials. Supplied knocked down with a mallet for easy assembly. •

Available in combinations of flat shelves and deep storage trays

Easy to assemble in less than five minutes

Mallet included

Four castors, two braked

Wheels with rubber tyres, 100mm diameter

Smooth hygienic surfaces

Easy to clean

Super strong polyethylene moulded trays mean shelves will not rust dent or chip

Load capacities from 175kg to 200kg

3 storage trays

3 Shelf Trolley VGI337L

177.83

3 Shelf Trolley VGI341L

3 flat shelves

74.31

£

£

3 shelf trolley

2 shelf trolley

3 Shelf Trolley VGI335L

2 Shelf Trolley VGI334L

127.29

Overall Size

3 Shelf Trolley VGI343L

108.57

131.42

£

Description

Top & middle storage tray, bottom flat shelf

2 Shelf Trolley VGI237L

104.58

£

96

2 storage trays

£

£

Distance between shelves

Max. Load

Weight kg

Order

Price £

2 Shelf Trolley

L890 x W610 x H880mm

650mm

120kg

16kg

VGI334L

£104.58

3 Shelf Trolley

L890 x W610 x H865mm

292mm

120kg

22kg

VGI335L

£127.29

3 Shelf Trolley

L610 x W458 x H840mm

305mm

120kg

11kg

VGI341L

£74.31

3 Shelf Trolley

L610 x W468 x H864mm

235mm

120kg

14kg

VGI343L

£108.57

2 Storage Tray Trolley

L920 x W640 x H960mm

635mm

175kg

20kg

VGI237L

£131.42

3 Storage Tray Trolley

L920 x W640 x H975mm

280mm

175kg

24kg

VGI337L

£177.83

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Tray Trolleys

made in the UK

Industrial Tray Trolleys Robust general purpose trolleys Available in 2 styles, 2 shelf finishes - plywood and steel with 2 or 3 Tiers

L1070mm x W615mm x H1045mm

Two or three shelf tiers

Choice of plywood or steel shelves

Rubber tyred wheels 160mm diameter

Fully welded tube and angle construction

Finished in blue or red epoxy - please state when ordering

300kg Load Capacity

3 Tier Steel Trays VTT39

268.80

£

2 Tier Steel Trays VTT38

228.70

£

207.20

£

No. of Shelves

Style Type

Height

Length

Width

Order

2

Style 1

1045mm

1070mm

615mm

VTT36

Style 3

3

Style 1

1045mm

1070mm

615mm

VTT37

£253.75

Removable and reversible steel shelves/trays in a steel frame

2

Style 2

1045mm

1070mm

615mm

VTT38

£228.70

3

Style 2

1045mm

1070mm

615mm

VTT39

£268.80

Style 2 Fixed steel shelves

Price £ £207.20

These practical everyday trolleys are deceptively robust •

L855mm x W500mm x H1065mm

No. of Shelves

Style Type

Height

Length

Width

Order

2

Style 1

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT60

£139.40

• Finished in blue or red epoxy - please state when ordering

3

Style 1

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT61

£165.00

2

Style 2

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT62R

£153.65

3

Style 2

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT63R

£185.20

2

Style 3

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT62W

£181.30

3

Style 3

1065mm

855mm

500mm

VTT63W

£226.40

• Two and three tray styles and tiers • Swivel castors 127mm diameter

200kg Capacity

H1065 x L855 x W500mm 4 x 127mm Swivel Castors VTT60

139.40

£

H1065 x L855 x W500mm 4 x 27mm Swivel Castors VTT63R

185.20

£

Price £

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

information box Style 1 Fixed timber shelves in a steel frame

2 Tier Timber Trays VTT36

H1065 x L855 x W500mm 4 x 127mm Swivel Castors VTT63W

226.40

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

97


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workshop Trolleys

Workshop Trolleys

H1045 x L1160 x W620mm Shelf Height 285 and 805mm VTT160

Light and Heavy Duty Our choice of table and workshop trolleys - and heavy duty industrial trolleys

193.55

£

Table and Workshop Trolleys •

Fully welded tube and angle construction

• Two fixed and two swivel castors • 150kg load capacity • Solid rubber 125mm tyres • Fixed plywood shelves with 20mm upstand •

Cupboard supplied with 2 keys H1045 x L1160 x W620mm Shelf Height 285, 545 and 805mm VTT162

321.70

£

H1045 x L1160 x W620mm Shelf Height 285, 545 and 805mm VTT161

239.50

£

Accessories (Factory Fitted) Description

Order

Brakes to swivel castors

VB032

Price £ £6.80

Pneumatic tyred wheels

VB008

£92.85

All swivel castors

VB031

£9.00

Heavy Duty Industrial Trolleys •

Fully welded angle construction

Stable and strong

500kg load capacity

Two fixed and two swivel castors

Heavy duty castors with solid rubber 200mm tyres

Choice of flush polyurethane coated plywood or steel tops, 1 or 2 Tiers

H895 x L1000 x W700mm Shelf Height 895mm VAT23M

196.60

£

H895 x L1000 x W700mm Shelf Height 275 and 895mm VAT21T

235.90

£

Deck Finish

No. of Length Shelves

Width

Order

Price £

Length

Width

Order

Price £

Plywood

1

1000mm

700mm

VAT23T

£198.35 1200mm

800mm

VAT24T

£232.95

Plywood

2

1000mm

700mm

VAT21T

£235.90 1200mm

800mm

VAT22T

£261.90

Steel

1

1000mm

700mm

VAT23M

£196.60 1200mm

800mm

VAT24M

£242.25

Steel

2

1000mm

700mm

VAT21M

£239.00 1200mm

800mm

VAT22M

£271.55

Industrial Trolley Accessories Any truck can be supplied with a bumper strip and every heavy duty industrial trolley can be supplied with two braked castors as an option if required.

98

Description

Order

Bumper Strip

VBS1

Price £ £34.50

Braked Castors

VTSP200

£14.30

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Access Step Trolleys

Access Step Trollleys Order picking steps to suit your warehouse order picking requirements •

Load capacity 175kg

L1730mm x W620mm

125mm castors

Picking Step Removable Basket VSS59B

Picking Step Fixed Plywood VSS59T

471.00

576.65

£

£

Picking Step Removable Steel Tray VSS59W

549.95

£

Picking Step Fixed Steel Trays VSS59M

479.10

£

1150mm High Picking Trolley •

Load capacity 125kg

L1325mm x W495mm

125mm castors

4 swivel 125mm non marking castors

Spring loaded steps act as a brake when in use

Two Baskets

Plywood Trays

Reversible Steel Shelves/ Trays

2 Tier Picking Trolley H1150 x L1325 x W495mm VSS57B

3 Tier Picking Trolley H1150 x L1325 x W495mm VSS58T

3 Tier Picking Trolley H1150 x L1325 x W495mm VSS58W

323.20

£

280.20

£

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

2075mm High Picking Trolley

332.60

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

99


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Industrial Trolleys

Firm Loading Trucks •

Two ranges – paint finish and zinc plated

Industrial grade roller bearing castors

Solid rubber 200mm diameter tyres

Robust welded steel construction

L1000 x W600 x H275mm (to platform) VTC602P

L1000 x W600 x H275mm (to platform) VTC603P

195.94

215.90

£

L1000 x W600 x H275mm (to platform) VTC601P

159.90

£

£

Timber Sided Firm Loading Trucks

Zinc Plate Mesh Sided Firm Loading Trucks

Truck Capacity 500kg

Truck Capacity 500kg

Length

Width Order Single Ended Trucks

Price £

Length

Width Order Single Ended Trucks

Price £

1000mm

600mm

VTC601P

£159.90

1000mm

600mm

VTC601M

£169.50

1000mm

700mm

VTC701P

£166.85

1000mm

700mm

VTC701M

£174.30

800mm

VTC801P

£176.70

1200mm

800mm

VTC801M

£186.20

1200mm

Double Ended Trucks

L1000 x W700 x H295mm (to platform) VTC704M

£250.55

Double Ended Trucks

1000mm

600mm

VTC602P

£195.94

1000mm

600mm

VTC602M

1000mm

700mm

VTC702P

£206.30

1000mm

700mm

VTC702M

£221.65

1200mm

800mm

VTC802P

£220.95

1200mm

800mm

VTC802M

£234.40

Three Sided Trucks

£214.70

Three Sided Trucks

1000mm

600mm

VTC603P

£215.90

1000mm

600mm

VTC603M

1000mm

700mm

VTC703P

£235.40

1000mm

700mm

VTC703M

£244.80

1200mm

800mm

VTC803P

£238.00

1200mm

800mm

VTC803M

£261.55

Four Sided Trucks

£239.00

Four Sided Trucks

1000mm

600mm

VTC604P

£235.90

1000mm

600mm

VTC604M

1000mm

700mm

VTC704P

£244.50

1000mm

700mm

VTC704M

£265.80 £272.80

1200mm

800mm

VTC804P

£259.60

1200mm

800mm

VTC804M

£294.95

Zinc Plated Platform Trucks Capacity 700kg •

Durable steel construction with tough zinc coating

Zinc plated steel load floor

Zinc plated steel mesh panels

Optional braked castors & bumper strip - See page 98

Double Sided L1000 x W700 x H295mm VZPT7002

£239.05

Single Sided Platform Trucks Length

Width

Load Capacity

Order

1000mm

700mm

700kg

VZPT7001

Price £ £221.95

1200mm

800mm

700kg

VZPT8001

£242.75

Double Sided Platform Trucks Length

Width

Load Capacity

Order

1000mm

700mm

700kg

VZPT7002

Price £ £263.90

1200mm

800mm

700kg

VZPT8002

£289.60

Three Sided Platform Trucks Length

Width

Load Capacity

Order

1000mm

700mm

700kg

VZPT7003

£298.55

1200mm

800mm

700kg

VZPT8003

£326.30

Three Sided L1000 x W700 x H295mm VZPT7003

£276.75

Price £

Four Sided Platform Trucks

100

Length

Width

Load Capacity

Order

1000mm

700mm

700kg

VZPT7004

Price £ £332.30

1200mm

800mm

700kg

VZPT8004

£360.00

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Turntable Trucks

made in the UK

Turntable Trucks Plywood Deck Turntable Truck VTR122

Transport Heavy Loads effortlessly from 500kg to 1000kg

250.46

£

Our turntable trucks have easy-running wheels and top quality ball bearing turntables to make hauling and manoeuvring ridiculously easy. •

Extremely tight turning circle

Solid Rubber or Pneumatic tyred wheels

L1200mm x W600mm 4 x 250mm Solid Rubber Wheels

• Choose exterior grade plywood or steel decking • Choose plywood, steel or mesh ends and side panels

How to order: 1. Choose the size required 2. Choose the deck finish 3. Choose the accessories

Plywood Deck Turntable Trucks

Steel Deck Turntable Trucks

Length

Width Load Capacity Order Trucks with solid rubber wheels

Price £

Length

Width Load Capacity Order Trucks with solid rubber wheels

Price £

1200mm

600mm

500kg

VTR122

£250.46

1200mm

600mm

500kg

VTR222

£242.20

1500mm

750mm

750kg

VTR126

£372.50

1500mm

750mm

750kg

VTR226

£398.30

2000mm

1000mm

1000kg

VTR132

£487.35

2000mm

1000mm

1000kg

VTR232

£518.55

1200mm

600mm

500kg

VTR122P

£263.65

1200mm

600mm

500kg

VTR222P

1500mm

750mm

750kg

VTR126P

£372.50

1500mm

750mm

750kg

VTR226P

£398.30

2000mm

1000mm

1000kg

VTR132P

£487.35

2000mm

1000mm

1000kg

VTR232P

£518.55

Trucks with pneumatic tyres

Trucks with pneumatic tyres £255.40

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Removable Steel Panels These steel panels can be retro fitted

Turntable truck with removable steel panels 1500 x 750mm VRP157

Turntable truck with removable mesh panels 1500 x 750mm VMP157

4 pneumatic tyred wheels

4 pneumatic tyred wheels

105.70

203.65

£

£

Removable Steel Panels - (2 end and 2 Side Panels)

Removable Mesh Side Panels - (2 fixed end and 2 Side Panels)

Length

Width

Order

Price £

Length

Width

Order

1200mm

600mm

VRP126

£93.00

1200mm

600mm

VMP126

1500mm

750mm

VRP157

£105.70

1500mm

750mm

VMP157

£203.65

2000mm

1000mm

VRP201

£120.70

2000mm

1000mm

VMP201

£222.75

Price £ £194.84

information box Turntable Trucks

Braking System

Turntable Trucks have the advantage of having an extremely tight turning circle, making them highly manoeuvrable.

A clever and simple to operate brake system, effective when the handle is in the upright position, finishes off the range of accessories but unlike the other options these are factory fitted and need to be specified at the time of ordering.

Description

Order

Brakes for Turntable Trolley

VPB1

Price £ £55.40

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

101


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Platform Trolleys

Heavy Duty Platform Trolley

Heavy Duty Platform Trolley V541CO

139.00

Very popular narrow & long platform trolley for general stock room or warehouse use. The long platform provides plenty of

£

load area, while the narrow width ensures the trolley fits through a standard doorway. •

Capacity: 300kg

Platform size: 600 x 1200mm

Wheels: ø150mm, Solid rubber

Long and Narrow Cash & Carry Trolley V589C

219.00

£

Long and Narrow Cash & Carry Trolley This trolley has a balance wheel construction. This trolley is ideal for use in shops with narrow aisles, stocking shelves in Cash & Carry outlets or for general warehouse or stock room use. •

Capacity: 250kg

Platform size: 380 x 1525mm

Wheels: ø200mm, Polyurethane and ø 125mm Rubber

Nestable Cash & Carry Trolley V540C

225

£

.00

Nestable Cash & Carry Trolley Heavy duty nestable platform trolleys. Ideal for use in a Cash & Carry, warehouses, shops and general storage use. •

Capacity: 500kg

Platform size: 590 x 1180mm

Wheels: ø200mm, Solid rubber

V502KI

Folding Platform Trolleys Steel trolleys with folding handles and non slip PVC load surfaces and bumper strips along the edges. Trolleys are fitted with non marking white rubber wheels. Capacity

Platform Size

Wheel Size mm

Order

Price £

150kg

480 x 740mm

ø100mm

V501/KI

£59.00

250kg

620 x 930mm

ø125mm

V502KI

£89.00

V501/K1

Heavy Duty Platform Trolley (1 or 2 ends) A large high capacity trolley with a fixed handle for added strength. The trolley can also be supplied with an additional handle for load support or to push/pull without having to turn. The steel base has a non slip surface and an all round protection buffer.

V505K1-2

102

Description

Handles

Order

Single ended heavy duty platform trolley

1

V505KI-1

Price £ £139.00

Double ended heavy duty platform trolley

2

V505KI-2

£149.00

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Roll Containers

made in the UK

Economy Nestable "A" Frame Roll Containers •

Three sided nested containers with hinge sided, rod infill panels and "A" frame

Bright zinc, electroplated finish

Each additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested

Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter nylon castors

information box Optional shelves available Either 1 integral or 3 detachable shelves can be added to the V19A116

Three sided Roll Container L735 x W850 x H1690 V19A116

126.09

£

Internal Dimensions

Ground clearance

Weight kg

155mm

40kg

L735 x W850 x L800 x W670 x H1690mm H1425mm

Capacity 600kg

Order V19A116

Price £ £126.09

Extra Shelves Description

Order

Optional Integral Shelf

V19768

Price £ £9.69

Optional Detachable Shelf

V19768LS

£8.89

Security Version •

Four sided nesting container with hinged sides and top

Bright zinc, electroplated finish

Rod infill spacing – 50 x 50mm

Each additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested

Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter nylon castors

Supplied with 1 integral shelf. Optional detachable shelves available

Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys

Roll Container External Dimensions

Security Roll Container L735 x W850 x H1690 V19A110

161.46

£

Roll Container External Dimensions

Extra Shelf

Internal Dimensions

L735 x W850 x L800 x W670 x H1690mm H1425mm

Ground clearance

Weight kg

Capacity

Order

157mm

59kg

600kg

V19A110

Price £

Description

Order

Optional Detachable Shelf

V19768LS

Price £ £8.89

£161.46

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

103


Jumbo & Heavy Duty Roll Containers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Jumbo Demountable Roll Pallets Ideal for handling larger bulky items yet dismantle to a fraction of their assembled size for return packaging or where space is at a premium. •

Bright electro zinc plated finish – steam clean or pressure wash

3 or 4 sided configuration

Hinged gate access

Smooth running

500 kg capacity

4 Sided Roll Container c/w 1/2 gate V17200HG

3 Sided Roll Container V172003

169.62

149.43

£

£

Description

Length

Width

Height

Internal Dimensions

3 Sided Roll Container

800mm

1200mm

1833mm

800L x 1200W x 1650Hmm

Weight kg Shelf Load 36kg

100kg

V172003

Order

Price £ £149.43

4 Sided Roll Container c/w 1/2 gate

800mm

1200mm

1833mm

800L x 1200W x 1650Hmm

45kg

100kg

V17200HG

£169.62

Shelf for Jumbo Roll Container

800mm

1200mm

-

-

-

100kg

V1739503

£27.88

Magnetic Wrap Round Pockets

104

Designed for mesh cages/ roll pallets

3 sizes available

Magnetic looped header

Special flap provides documents with protection from the elements

Height

Width

Order

297mm

210mm

VWRP4V/10

Pack Qty Price £ 10

£37.20

297mm

210mm

VWRP4V/50

50

£159.00

148mm

210mm

VWRP5H/10

10

£30.90

148mm

210mm

VWRP5H/50

50

CALL

105mm

210mm

VWRP6H/10

10

£27.60

105mm

210mm

VWRP6H/50

50

CALL

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

workshop, benches & tool storage

Linspace benches

basic workbench and accessories

medium and heavy duty workbenches

adjustable height workbench

engineer’s bench

workshop storage

engineer’s cabinets

workstations

industrial matting and flooring

tool storage

page

106 108 110 112 113 114 115 116 118 120

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbenches

Linbench Modular Workbenches Extremely strong and flexible •

Two bench frame width options

Two working height options

Comprehensive range of accessories

Unlimited configurations

information box Only five components to assemble The two welded endframes (1) come complete – leaving you to simply join the crossmembers (2, 3 and 4).

1

2

After that, all that’s left to fit is the worktop.

3

Adjustable feet take care of uneven floors

4

Bench - No accessory post This price includes: •

Full steel framework

Light grey 18mm laminate worktop

Adjustable feet

Height

Width

Depth

Order

900mm

1550mm

750mm

V1B157590T1

Price £ £361.28

900mm

1550mm

900mm

V1B159090T1

£364.48

900mm

1850mm

750mm

V1B187590T1

£368.51

900mm

1850mm

900mm

V1B189090T1

£371.72

750mm

1550mm

750mm

V1B157575T1

£345.39

750mm

1550mm

900mm

V1B159075T1

£348.59

750mm

1850mm

750mm

V1B187575T1

£352.63

750mm

1850mm

900mm

V1B189075T1

£355.83

Linspace Bench W1550 x D750 x H900 V1B157590T1

361.28

£ Bench - With accessory post

Linspace Bench W1550 x D750 x H900 V1B157590WAPT1

This price includes:

106

Full steel framework

Light grey 18mm laminate worktop

Adjustable feet

Extended accessory post (2m high)

370.99

£

Height

Width

Depth

Order

900mm

1550mm

750mm

V1B157590WAPT1

Price £ £370.99

900mm

1550mm

900mm

V1B159090WAPT1

£374.19

900mm

1850mm

750mm

V1B187590WAPT1

£378.23

900mm

1850mm

900mm

V1B189090WAPT1

£381.43

750mm

1550mm

750mm

V1B157575WAPT1

£369.90

750mm

1550mm

900mm

V1B159075WAPT1

£371.33

750mm

1850mm

750mm

V1B187575WAPT1

£377.13

750mm

1850mm

900mm

V1B189075WAPT1

£378.57

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Linbench Accessories

made in the UK

Linbench accessories

Cantilever Shelves Rear lip doubles as a rear adjuster for dividers – which simply clip where needed and adjust exactly to the product. •

300mm deep

Height adjustable in 50mm increments

Extended rear lip retains items Depth

Width

Order

Price £

300mm

1500mm

VBS15300

£103.56

300mm

1800mm

VBS18300

£97.75

Louvre Panels

Dividers

Clip to upright at any height

Forms the base for a wide range of accessories Height Width

Height

Order

Price £

Depth

Order

Price £

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Cantilever Shelves

Dividers (pack 10)

1500mm

450mm

VBLPSS15

£115.29

160mm

300mm

VDP3016PK10GR

£36.73

1800mm

450mm

VBLPSS18

£136.26

210mm

300mm

VDP3021PK10GR

£41.28

See website for a wider range of options and latest prices STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

107


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workbenches

Basic Workbench Frames and Worktops Medium Duty construction 14 and 16 swg to BS 6323; Square Tube or Cantilever leg design, choice of worktops and accessories. •

All frames supplied ready assembled

Standard height 840mm

Adjustable feet

Option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price

Fully epoxy powder coated

Frame colour: Light grey

Capacity 300kg MT2 - Laminate wood edge worktop (shown here)

Above and below bench accessories are available. Please see page 109. Square Framed Workstations Worktops Size

Laminate Square Edge

Laminate Hardwood Edge

Vinyl Hardwood Edge

Anti-static

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

840 x 1200 x 600mm

VA420MT1

£240.30

VA420MT2

£240.30

VA420MT3

£271.45

VA420MT5

Price £ £265.45

840 x 1200 x 750mm

VA426MT1

£250.45

VA426MT2

£250.45

VA426MT3

£285.50

VA426MT5

£274.40

840 x 1200 x 900mm

VA430MT1

£262.10

VA430MT2

£262.10

VA430MT3

£296.95

VA430MT5

£283.40

840 x 1500 x 600mm

VA520MT1

£258.20

VA520MT2

£258.20

VA520MT3

£291.30

VA520MT5

£284.10

840 x 1500 x 750mm

VA526MT1

£279.00

VA526MT2

£279.00

VA526MT3

£306.20

VA526MT5

£309.45

840 x 1500 x 900mm

VA530MT1

£310.95

VA530MT2

£310.95

VA530MT3

£318.45

VA530MT5

£320.60

840 x 1800 x 600mm

VA620MT1

£285.95

VA620MT2

£285.95

VA620MT3

£310.30

VA620MT5

£315.60

840 x 1800 x 750mm

VA626MT1

£316.80

VA626MT2

£316.80

VA626MT3

£323.60

VA626MT5

£332.45

840 x 1800 x 900mm

VA630MT1

£342.45

VA630MT2

£342.45

VA630MT3

£336.95

VA630MT5

£349.00

750mm and 900mm heights also available at no extra cost

Worktops

information box

MT1 - Laminate Edge 1.3mm grey laminate on 18mm MDF with plastic edge. MT2 - Laminate Hardwood Edge 1.3mm grey on 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping. MT3 - Vinyl Hardwood Egde Grey vinyl bonded to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping. MT5 - Anti Static

MT2 - Laminate wood edge worktop (shown here)

(Black fibre board) MDF with wood edge lipping and earth connection cable, conductivity 104 - 106 ohms.

Cantilever Framed Workstations Worktops Size HxWxD

Laminate Square Edge Order

Laminate Hardwood Edge

Vinyl Hardwood Edge

Anti-static

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

840 x 1200 x 600mm

VC420MT1

£384.40

VC420MT2

£384.40

VC420MT3

£321.30

VC420MT5

£297.90

840 x 1200 x 750mm

VC426MT1

£294.60

VC426MT2

£294.60

VC426MT3

£334.80

VC426MT5

£311.90

840 x 1200 x 900mm

VC430MT1

£311.45

VC430MT2

£311.45

VC430MT3

£347.00

VC430MT5

£333.65

840 x 1500 x 600mm

VC520MT1

£315.20

VC520MT2

£315.20

VC520MT3

£348.40

VC520MT5

£323.50

840 x 1500 x 750mm

VC526MT1

£336.60

VC526MT2

£336.60

VC526MT3

£363.80

VC526MT5

£367.00

840 x 1500 x 900mm

VC530MT1

£368.45

VC530MT2

£368.45

VC530MT3

£375.95

VC530MT5

£378.00

840 x 1800 x 600mm

VC620MT1

£344.80

VC620MT2

£344.80

VC620MT3

£369.15

VC620MT5

£374.45

840 x 1800 x 750mm

VC626MT1

£375.00

VC626MT2

£375.00

VC626MT3

£382.00

VC626MT5

£391.80

840 x 1800 x 900mm

VC630MT1

£399.80

VC630MT2

£399.80

VC630MT3

£394.25

VC630MT5

£406.30

750mm and 900mm heights also available at no extra cost

108

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workbenches

made in the UK

Workbench Accessories 1

2

Accessory Posts Quantity

Order

Short accessory posts

Description

pair

VSES

£43.40

Long accessory posts

pair

VTES

£54.70

2

4

1 3

Overhead Light Description

3

Price £

5 Order

Price £

1200mm Overhead Light

VTLF4

£104.50

1500mm Overhead Light

VTLF5

£119.70

1800mm Overhead Light

VTLF6

£121.30

4 Electrical console

Upper Shelves Description

Order

1200 x 290mm upper shelf

VTSS4

Price £ £66.00

1500 x 290mm upper shelf

VTSS5

£69.00

1800 x 290mm upper shelf

VTSS6

£73.00

Electrical Consoles

Wiring and earth grounding not included Description

Order

1200mm console trunking

VRSD4

Price £ £71.20

1500mm console trunking

VRSD5

£76.60

1800mm console trunking

VRSD6

£82.00

6

5 Louvre panel

5

Tool panel

Multi panel

Louvre, Tool and Multi-panels Height

Width

Order

Price £

450mm

1200mm

VLPSS12

£82.50

450mm

1500mm

VLPSS15

£87.50

450mm

1800mm

VLPSS18

£92.45

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Louvre Panels

Tool Panels 450mm

1200mm

VTPSS12

£82.50

450mm

1500mm

VTPSS15

£87.50

450mm

1800mm

VTPSS18

£92.45

Multi Panels

6

450mm

1200mm

VMPSS12

£82.50

450mm

1500mm

VMPSS15

£87.50

450mm

1800mm

VMPSS18

£92.45

Cupboards and Drawers Description

HxWxD

Order

Single drawer unit

140 x 410 x 430mm

VRA

Price £ £90.40

Double drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430mm

VRE

£138.65

Triple drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430mm

VRH

£182.20

Four drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430mm

VRK

£277.30

Deep drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430mm

VRB

£99.30

Single drawer plus deep drawer

420 x 410 x 430mm

VRF

£189.65

Double drawer plus deep drawer

560 x 410 x 430mm

VRJ

£237.95

921.65

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430mm

VRC

£98.30

Complete kit contains:

Single drawer plus small cupboard

560 x 410 x 430mm

VRG

£189.65

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430mm

VRD

£108.20

Vertical file drawer

336 x 410 x 430mm

VRL

£191.40

LINBINS NOT INCLUDED Complete Kit VRTKT16

For Linbin price details see Page 5

£

Laminate worktop wood edge 1 x Single multi panel 1 x Single drawer

1 x Large accessory post 1 x Upper shelf 1 x Single drawer and cupboard

1 x Consoled trunking with 2x P/Point

1 x Overhead light

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

109


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Workbenches

Medium and Heavy Duty Angle Workbenches

450kg Loading

Choose load capacities of 450kg or 750kg (UDL)

Medium Duty Workbench H840 x W1500 x D750mm VRTKT8

Choose the frame size and top from the selection below. Then just add any accessories that you may require . . .

469.85

£

2mm steel worktop

Durable electrostatic paint finish

Fully welded construction (no assembly needed)

Standard height 840mm

Option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price

Range of accessories available - see page 111

Medium Duty Workbench H840 x W1800 x D750mm VM626HT1

Medium Duty Workbench H840 x W1800 x D750mm VRTKT9

230.95

£

427.15

£

2mm steel worktop

25mm MDF worktop 2 x Cupboard units

Medium Duty Workbenches - 450kg capacity Medium Duty Workbenches are made from 40mm x 40mm x 4mm section steel. Worktops Size

Steel

Vinyl

Laminate

MDF

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

840 x 1200 x 600mm

VM420HT1

£198.60

VM420HT2

£234.00

VM420HT3

£213.70

VM420HT4

£200.50

840 x 1200 x 750mm

VM426HT1

£204.85

VM426HT2

£245.60

VM426HT3

£229.90

VM426HT4

£207.85

840 x 1200 x 900mm

VM430HT1

£214.50

VM430HT2

£256.15

VM430HT3

£239.20

VM430HT4

£216.00

840 x 1500 x 600mm

VM520HT1

£209.70

VM520HT2

£253.30

VM520HT3

£229.05

VM520HT4

£216.65

840 x 1500 x 750mm

VM526HT1

£217.70

VM526HT2

£264.90

VM526HT3

£258.25

VM526HT4

£223.95

840 x 1500 x 900mm

VM530HT1

£225.65

VM530HT2

£273.60

VM530HT3

£266.05

VM530HT4

£229.55

840 x 1800 x 600mm

VM620HT1

£222.35

VM620HT2

£269.55

VM620HT3

£266.15

VM620HT4

£232.00

840 x 1800 x 750mm

VM626HT1

£230.95

VM626HT2

£279.20

VM626HT3

£296.10

VM626HT4

£239.00

840 x 1800 x 900mm

VM630HT1

£246.50

VM630HT2

£293.80

VM630HT3

£299.30

VM630HT4

£251.30

Heavy Duty Workbenches - 750kg capacity Heavy Duty Workbenches are made from 50mm x 50mm x 5mm section steel. Both have girder type crossbeams under a choice of worktops. Worktops Size

Steel

Vinyl

MDF

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

840 x 1200 x 600mm

VH420HT1

£219.40

VH420HT2

£249.10

VH420HT3

£240.50

VH420HT4

£219.95

840 x 1200 x 750mm

VH426HT1

£230.55

VH426HT2

£264.15

VH426HT3

£255.40

VH426HT4

£235.75

840 x 1200 x 900mm

VH430HT1

£240.60

VH430HT2

£273.65

VH430HT3

£271.70

VH430HT4

£243.50

840 x 1500 x 600mm

VH520HT1

£233.60

VH520HT2

£270.10

VH520HT3

£259.50

VH520HT4

£236.00

840 x 1500 x 750mm

VH526HT1

£248.70

VH526HT2

£286.65

VH526HT3

£281.75

VH526HT4

£250.40

840 x 1500 x 900mm

VH530HT1

£259.95

VH530HT2

£297.25

VH530HT3

£301.85

VH530HT4

£263.50

840 x 1800 x 600mm

VH620HT1

£247.00

VH620HT2

£285.65

VH620HT3

£288.65

VH620HT4

£259.30

840 x 1800 x 750mm

VH626HT1

£262.70

VH626HT2

£300.25

VH626HT3

£310.95

VH626HT4

£275.40

840 x 1800 x 900mm

VH630HT1

£275.70

VH630HT2

£310.15

VH630HT3

£336.70

VH630HT4

£288.90

information box

Worktops

Laminate Hardwood Edge

Steel

110

Laminate

HxWxD

2mm thick steel

Laminate bonded with 18mm infilled core and hardwood edge

Vinyl Hardwood Edge

M.D.F. Hardwood Edge

Grey Vinyl with 18mm infilled core and hardwood edge

25mm M.D.F. with varnished finish and hardwood edge

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workbenches

made in the UK

Heavy Duty Workbench •

1500W x 750D x 840H

Comes with 25mm MDF worktop

750kg Loading

Supplied ready built

Heavy duty bench H840 x W1500 x D750mm VRTKT10

.30 297 MDF Worktop £

Heavy Duty Workbench •

1800W x 750D x 840H

Comes with 25mm MDF worktop with 3 sided upstand

Base shelf, large cupboard and single drawer

750kg Loading

750mm and 900mm heights available at no extra cost Heavy duty bench H840 x W1800 x D750mm VRTKT11

.10 588 MDF Worktop

£

Accessories for Medium and Heavy Duty Workbenches Underbench Steel Shelf

An essential accessory when fitting vices and equipment to the benchtop. Vice plates are 230mm x 230mm x 3mm thick and can be fitted to any bench.

Width

Depth

Order

1200mm

600mm

VMLS420S

Price £ £50.95

1200mm

750mm

VMLS426S

£54.40

1200mm

900mm

VMLS430S

£56.80

1500mm

600mm

VMLS520S

£55.10

1500mm

750mm

VMLS526S

£59.30

HxWxD

Order

230 x 230 x 5mm

VVP

Price £ £14.00

Cupboards and Drawers A full range of cupboards and drawers are available to suit either Medium or Heavy duty wokbenches.

1500mm

900mm

VMLS530S

£63.50

1800mm

600mm

VMLS620S

£59.30

Description

Order

£64.15

Single drawer unit

VM11

£90.40

£69.05

Double drawer unit

VM13

£138.65

1800mm

750mm

1800mm

VMLS626S

900mm

VMLS630S

Benchtop Steel Upstand Protect expensive tools and equipment with these strong steel welded upstands - factory fitted to the rear and side of the worktop.

Price £

Triple drawer unit

VM14

£182.15

Cupboard left fitting

VM121

£102.85

Cupboard right fitting

VM1

£102.85

Electrical Consoles Power supply at the workcentre is very important. Each console includes two double sockets. They can be fitted with or without accessory posts. (Wiring + Earth grounding not included).

Description

Order

Description

Order

Rear

VRS1

£22.90

1200mm console trunking

VRSD4

£71.20

Rear and sides

VRS3

£41.65

1500mm console trunking

VRSD5

£76.60

1800mm console trunking

VRSD6

£82.00

To fit all sizes of workbench

Price £

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Steel Vice Plates

Double your storage area with a factory fitted steel underbench shelf.

Price £

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

111


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workbenches

Cantilever Workbench

information box

Stepless height adjustable columns with retractable crank handle operating spindles and gears for smooth and precise adjustment from 770mm to 1260mm working height. Manufactured from formed 2mm Sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members. Finished in light grey and black epoxy with choice of worktops. Above and below bench accessories are available. Please see [Page 109]

Capacity 300kg

Crank handle extends for operation and retracts under bench when not required

Worktops Laminate Hardwood Edge 1.3mm grey laminate on 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping. Vinyl Hardwood Edge Grey vinyl bonded to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping. Blockboard Varnished 18mm natural wood blockboard. Stainless Steel

* Laminate Wood Edge shown here

1.2mm stainless steel on 18mm MDF. Steel

Height adjustable 770mm to 1260mm

1.5mm steel on 18mm MDF.

Cantilever Workbenches Size Length

Depth

Laminate Order Price £

Vinyl Order Price £

Standard Worktops Blockboard Order Price £

Stainless Steel Order Price £

Steel Order Price £

1200mm

600mm

VAHB1-LA

£608.90

VAHB1-V

£638.40

VAHB1-B

£589.50

VAHB1-SS

£705.70

VAHB1-S

£642.30

1200mm

750mm

VAHB2-LA

£618.40

VAHB2-V

£651.45

VAHB2-B

£596.80

VAHB2-SS

£723.80

VAHB2-S

£652.30

1200mm

900mm

VAHB3-LA

£626.40

VAHB3-V

£659.00

VAHB3-B

£601.20

VAHB3-SS

£738.40

VAHB3-S

£663.10

1500mm

600mm

VAHB4-LA

£630.60

VAHB4-V

£663.80

VAHB4-B

£612.50

VAHB4-SS

£730.80

VAHB4-S

£668.20

1500mm

750mm

VAHB5-LA

£649.40

VAHB5-V

£676.60

VAHB5-B

£632.40

VAHB5-SS

£763.10

VAHB5-S

£680.30

1500mm

900mm

VAHB6-LA

£676.50

VAHB6-V

£684.00

VAHB6-B

£636.60

VAHB6-SS

£771.70

VAHB6-S

£686.10

1800mm

600mm

VAHB7-LA

£658.90

VAHB7-V

£683.20

VAHB7-B

£641.60

VAHB7-SS

£757.10

VAHB7-S

£692.70

1800mm

750mm

VAHB8-LA

£690.00

VAHB8-V

£696.80

VAHB8-B

£650.00

VAHB8-SS

£786.60

VAHB8-S

£707.70

1800mm

900mm

VAHB9-LA

£708.20

VAHB9-V

£703.70

VAHB9-B

£660.00

VAHB9-SS

£806.75

VAHB9-S

£714.60

Bolt Adjustable Height Workbench Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed from 2mm sheet move from 650mm to 950mm. Capacity: 300kgs Above and below bench accessories are available. Please see [Page 109].

* Laminate Wood Edge shown here Height Adjustable 650mm to 950mm

Bolt Adjustable Workbenches Size Length

112

Depth

Laminate Order Price £

Vinyl Order Price £

Standard Worktops Blockboard Order Price £

Stainless Steel Order Price £

Steel Order Price £

1200mm

600mm

VBHB1-LA

£325.30

VBHB1-V

£360.30

VBHB1-B

£311.30

VBHB1-SS

£427.20

VBHB1-S

£362.90

1200mm

750mm

VBHB2-LA

£337.30

VBHB2-V

£375.45

VBHB2-B

£320.80

VBHB2-SS

£447.80

VBHB2-S

£376.30

1200mm

900mm

VBHB3-LA

£355.20

VBHB3-V

£391.00

VBHB3-B

£333.30

VBHB3-SS

£470.50

VBHB3-S

£395.25

1500mm

600mm

VBHB4-LA

£345.75

VBHB4-V

£378.90

VBHB4-B

£327.60

VBHB4-SS

£445.85

VBHB4-S

£383.30

1500mm

750mm

VBHB5-LA

£372.65

VBHB5-V

£394.50

VBHB5-B

£350.30

VBHB5-SS

£481.10

VBHB5-S

£398.25

1500mm

900mm

VBHB6-LA

£402.80

VBHB6-V

£410.30

VBHB6-B

£362.95

VBHB6-SS

£498.00

VBHB6-S

£412.45

1800mm

600mm

VBHB7-LA

£380.55

VBHB7-V

£398.80

VBHB7-B

£357.20

VBHB7-SS

£472.65

VBHB7-S

£408.30

1800mm

750mm

VBHB8-LA

£408.10

VBHB8-V

£414.95

VBHB8-B

£368.25

VBHB8-SS

£504.95

VBHB8-S

£425.90

1800mm

900mm

VBHB9-LA

£438.30

VBHB9-V

£432.80

VBHB9-B

£389.15

VBHB9-SS

£535.90

VBHB9-S

£443.75

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Engineer's Bench

Heavy Duty Workstations •

Consisting of a 40mm thick Multiplex worktop made from layers of beech wood which is non deformable and load and wear resistant.

The drawers in the workbench have a normal extension of 87% from the cabinet housing and a load capacity of 70kg

Weight load capacity of the compartments 1000kg

Widths available 1500mm, 2000mm, 2500mm and 3000mm

Depth 750mm

Standard Colours: Blue Housing with Grey Doors, Drawers and Shelves

Various Back Panel Assemblies are available for the heavy duty workstations

Many variations of the workstations are available - please phone us to discuss your requirements

Height

Width

Depth

Order

865mm

1500mm

750mm

VFBR22420151

Price £ £763.07

865mm

1500mm

750mm

VFBR22420351

£855.91 £937.47

865mm

1500mm

750mm

VFBR22420551

865mm

1500mm

750mm

VFBR22420851

£811.93

865mm

2000mm

750mm

VFBR22430151

£1056.38

865mm

2000mm

750mm

VFBR22430251

£1171.99

865mm

2000mm

750mm

VFBR22430351

£1104.59

865mm

2000mm

750mm

VFBR22430551

£1262.28

865mm

2000mm

750mm

VFBR22430951

£1216.17

VFBR22420351

VFBR22420551

VFBR22430951

VFBR22430151

VFBR22420851

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

VFBR22420151

VFBR22430551

VFBR22430251

VFBR22430351

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

113


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Drawer Cabinets

Full Extension Drawer Cabinets High quality drawer cabinets are made from cold pressed quality sheet steel and manufactured using the latest automated systems to ISO9001 standards. Full extension drawers are extendable 100% and fully lockable. The full extension drawers run on 4 ball bearings for a smooth free running action. •

Single drawer locking mechanism prevents more than one drawer opening at once

Drawer configurations can be altered please contact us for further options

Load capacity per cabinet 900kg

Available in Blue , Green, Grey and Light Grey

Drawers can be sub divided

All cabinets can be made mobile

Plinths, and worktops available for each cabinet

2

3 1 VFDF10705504

VFDC10755704

VFDG10905904

5

4

VFBD10705104

10

9

VFDL10905404

VFDF10905404

VFDB10905204

VFDF10705204

8

114

7

6

VFDF10755304

11

VFDBB5500104

VFDBB5600304

Configuration: Drawer Height (mm)

Image Number

Height

Width

Depth

Order

1x 50, 2x 100, 1x 150, 1 x 300

4

800mm

564mm

600mm

VFDB10705104

Price £ £592.62

1x 150, 1x adj shelf, 1 x retract shelf , 1 x 575mm high door

3

850mm

564mm

600mm

VFDC10755704

£497.01

1x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 250

11

820mm

564mm

675mm

VFDBB5500104

£614.58

4 x 100, 2 x 150, 1x 200

6

1000mm

564mm

600mm

VFDB10905204

£713.34

1 x 50, 2 x 75, 2 x 100, 1 x 200

10

920mm

564mm

675mm

VFDBB5600304

£762.09

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 1 x 150m 1 x 300

5

800mm

717mm

600mm

VFDF10705204

£580.97

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 2 x 150, 1 x 200

9

850mm

717mm

600mm

VFDF10755304

£624.49

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 1 x 300 flap door with shelf, 1 x 200

1

850mm

717mm

600mm

VFDF10755504

£590.63

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150, 1 x 200

7

1000mm

717mm

600mm

VFDF10905404

£691.24

1 x 75, 2 x 100, 2 x retractable shelf, 1 x 600mm high door

2

1000mm

717mm

600mm

VFDG10905904

£611.33

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150, 1 x 200

8

1000mm

1023mm

600mm

VFDL10905404

£820.13

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workshop Storage

made in the UK

Workshop Storage Our modular range of cupboards and accessories interlink to let you build a workshop storage system that meets your exact needs. complete with cupboards, wall panels and drawers that will combine and interlink to create the exact storage system you need. Easy Order Complete Workshop As shown right - props in cupboards not included

2077.15

£

Panel & Tilt Out Bins H470 x W1000mm VTOP1

155.85

£

information box Please specify your colour choice with your order. Grey cabinets with a choice of: Blue (BL), Green (GN), Red (RD), or Grey (GR) doors. If you have no preference our popular grey frame with blue fittings will be despatched as standard

Large Broom Cupboard with 2 shelves H2000 x W500 x D500mm VBC1

287.95

£

283.80

£

Tool Cupboard with 2 shelves H900 x W500 x D500mm VHDEC7

196.00

£

Drawer Unit with 8 drawers H900 x W500 x D500mm VHDEC8

386.30

£

Cupboard and Drawer Unit with drawer and shelf H900 x W500 x D500mm VHDEC9

234.20

£

Cupboards and Drawer Units Cupboard Unit with 2 shelves H900 x W1000 x D500mm VHDEC5

Cupboard and Drawer Unit with 2 drawers H900 x W1000 x D500mm VHDEC6

255.00

£

Wall Cupboard with 2 shelves and 2 drawers H600 x W800 x D300mm VWC6

219.20

£

Wall Cupboard with 1 shelf H600 x W400 x D300mm VWC1

128.45

£

356.30

£

Wall Cupboad with 2 shelves and 1 drawer H600 x W400 x D300mm VWC2

131.65

£

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Cupboard and Double Drawer Unit with 1 shelf H900 x W1000 x D500mm VHDEC10

Wall Cupboard with single shelf H600x W800 x D300mm VWC5

177.40

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

115


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Engineer's Cabinets

Engineer's Cabinets Made for the heaviest use •

Welded 18-20swg steel construction

Reinforced base

Fully adjustable shelves

Drawers on precision-glide runners, with integral full width handle, 25kg capacity, 95mm front height

Steel shelves adjustable to 25mm centres. Capacity 50kg each.

Two point lever locking system supplied with 2 keys

Rear louvre panel

Tool panel on each door, set of tool hooks supplied

Powder coated finish

Grey with grey, blue, green or red doors Cabinet dimensions Height 1800mm Width 1000mm Depth 500mm Drawer Dimensions W910 X D410mm 2000mm tall cabinets available on request

4 Adjustable Shelves VRTCAB1

information box

420.70

£

2 Adjustable Shelves 1/2 Rear Tool Panel VRTCAB2

2 Adjustable Shelves 1/2 Rear Louvre Panel VRTCAB3

Full Rear Tool Panel VRTCAB5

Full Rear Louvre Panel VRTCAB6

457.85

457.85

£

£

Colour Options .... Grey cabinets with a choice of: Blue, Green, Red or Grey doors. (Blue supplied if not specified).

2 Adjustable Shelves 1/4 Rear Tool Panel 1/4 Rear Louvre Panel VRTCAB4

457

£

.85

3 Adjustable Shelves 4 x 95mm Deep Drawer VRTCAB7

749.30

£ 116

472.15

477.20

£

2 Adjustable Shelves 4 x 95mm Deep Drawer 1/2 Louvre Panel VRTCAB8

751.50

£

£

8 x 95mm Deep Drawer 1/2 Rear Tool Panel VRTCAB10

1006.50

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workstations

made in the UK

Workstations •

All steel construction

Single lockable drawer with ball bearing runners (cap 25kg)

Cubbyhole

Double reinforced doors with leverlock handle

2 locking rods top and bottom

2 adjustable shelves

H2000 x W915 x D460mm VBWS-3

396.80

£

Canopy light

Multi-purpose Workstation Multi-purpose workstation designed to help keep your workplace tidy and organised. Sloping top design for easy writing angle, lipped retainer for paper, pens etc.

Optional canopy light for workstation VBWS-3 VBWSL

38.00

£

Standard Workstation

H1220 x W915 x D460mm VBWS-1

Standard workstation fitted with rear dry wipe white board, ideal for recording information and displaying messages. Overhead canopy, allows fitting of light unit (VBWSL). Rear panel requires assembly onto workstation.

.90

Workdesk

Workdesk with Cupboard

Workdesk on cupboard base, complete with lockable doors and two adjustable shelves

Workdesk on cupboard base, with lockable doors and two adjustable shelves.

Workdesk with static frame Workdesk and free standing grey static frame base.

H1270 x L915 x W485mm VRWD4

403.60

£

H890 x L660 x W465mm VEWD05

H890 x L570 x W470mm VEWD07

212.00

324.75

£

£

Optional Rubber Shelves for VEWD07 VERB

17.15

£

Workdesk with static frame & 2 shelves

Workdesk with static frame

Workdesk and free standing grey static frame base with two shelves. Mobile version also available

Workdesk and free standing grey static frame base.

Workdesk-mobile with 2 shelves H890 x L660 x W465mm VEWD06C

292

£

.40

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

331

£

H1270 x L915 x W485mm VRWD3

254.25

£

Workdesk-static with 2 shelves H890 x L660 x W465mm VEWD06S

264.95

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

117


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mats

Industrial Matting

Black

Black/Yellow

Cushion Trax®

Cushion Ease™ Solid Top

For tough, slip resistant work area

Depth: 14.3m

Colour: Black, Black/Yellow

Top of the range in Vinyl sponge matting with ‘deckplate’ top for improved traction

Recommended uses: Heavy duty industrial environments, Dry areas

Vinyl top surface bonded to dense sponge base: enhances ergonomic benefit and worker comfort.

Depth:

Mats can be interlocked to form the mat size and shape of your choice

Colour:

Compatible with Cushion Ease Open Top

Recommended uses:

19mm

Order

Size mm Black

Price £

Black- resilient standard rubber Heavy duty industrial environments, Dry areas

Yellow edge option for safety awareness

Wear Resistance F F F Slip Resistance F F F Anti-Fatigue F F F

Order

Size mm

Wear Resistance F F F Slip Resistance F F F Anti-Fatigue F F F

Price £

Black and Yellow

Type

Colour

Size mm

Size inches

Order

Mat

Black

910 x 910

36 x 36

V57150

Price £ £66.25

VDP2436B

610 x 910

£47.20 VDP2436BY

610 x 910

£52.48

Edge Bevel

Black

910

36

V57162

£18.80

VDP3660B

910 x 1520

£114.08 VDP3660BY

910 x 1520

£126.92

Edge Bevel

Yellow

910

36

V57192

£18.80

VDP310B

910 x 3000

£236.63

VDP310BY

910 x 3000

£256.32

VDP320B

910 x 6000

£473.28

VDP320BY

910 x 6000

£512.65

Diamond Interlock

Ergotred

For tough slip resistance in dry areas

For anti fatigue comfort

Provides easy relocatable continuous lengths, suitable for medium duty use

Manufactured from heavy duty flexible rubber with bevelled yellow safety edges and suction cup backing

Trip resistant bevels on all sides

Deckplate design and moulded air pockets provide traction and ergonomic benefits

Domed surface texture designed to improve circulation and provide comfortable massaging effect

Suitable for heavy industrial use in dry areas

Overall height 12.7mm

Overall height 15mm

Wear Resistance F F Slip Resistance F F Anti-Fatigue F F Order

Type

Colour

Size mm

Size inches

VDT1C

Centre Tile

Black

710 x 790

28 x 31

£28.63

VDT1E

End Tile

Black

710 x 790

28 x 31

£28.63

Performance Key

118

For comfort and heavy duty usage

Price £

Good F

Wear Resistance F F  Slip Resistance F F  Anti-Fatigue F F F Order

Type

Colour

Size mm

Size inches

VET3628

Mat

Black with Yellow

900 x 1200

36 x 48

Very Good FF

Price £ £49.17

Excellent FFF

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Industrial Matting

Polyplush™

Interflex Standard

Budget priced all purpose decorative mat

The benchmark for industrial and catering matting

Durable polypropylene fibres are heat cured into a dense vinyl base to produce this hardwearing mat

Grid welded PVC matting is very hard wearing and allows dirt and spillages to drain away, leaving a clean top surface

Dirt hiding tweed pattern is extremely popular and easy to clean

Anti-fatigue Interflex Standard has an etched surface for anti-slip protection

Oil, grease and chemical resistant

For larger widths, or longer lengths connector clips are available

Depth: 7mm. Recommended uses: Indoor normal foot traffic areas.

Depth: 12.5mm

Colour: Red/Black, Charcoal, Brown, Hunter Green, Navy Blue.

Colour: Black Only Recommended uses: Medium – Heavy industry/Leisure/Catering

Order

Size

VPPV2436

61cm x 91cm

Price £

Order

Size

Order

Price £

£16.32 VPPV4872 122cm x 183cm VPPV310

Wear Resistance F F F Slip Resistance F F Anti-Fatigue F F

VPPV3648

91cm x 122cm

£33.17

VPPV3660

91cm x 152cm

£41.46 VPPV4896 122cm x 244cm

91cm x 3m

Size

Price £

Order

10m Lengths

£66.36

Size

Price £

Cut Lengths per m

£82.93

V95050S60

60cm x 10m

£405.88

V95050S60C

60cm wide

£88.45

V95050S80

80cm x 10m

£541.17

V95050S80C

80cm wide

£54.80 £73.07

V95050S100

100cm x 10m

£676.45

V95050S100C

100cm wide

£91.32

Sof Tred™

Floor Protection Matting™

Fatigue fighting mats with added safety edging

Rubber Rib Mat for sure footed protection

Anti-fatigue, closed cell vinyl foam mat with pebble surface for traction

Low cost floor covering, with fine ribbing for sure footing and easy cleaning

Safety awareness hilighted with bold yellow borders to each side

100% rubber matting, very tough and unaffected by temperature extremes

Bevel Edges

Depth: 3mm or 6mm

Depth: 9.4mm

Recommended uses: Industrial Flooring, aisles, near machines and other places where objects may tend to slide: work desks, workshops, cars and lorries.

Colour: Black/Yellow. Recommended uses: Dry Areas, Light Duty Industrial.

Wear Resistance F F Slip Resistance F F Anti Fatigue 6mm F

Wear Resistance F Slip Resistance F Anti Fatigue F F Order

Workshop, Benches & Tool Storage

Wear Resistance F F Crush Resistance F F Soil Resistance F

Size

Price £

Order

Mats

Size

Price £

Order

Rolls

Size

Thickness

Price £

Order

10m Lengths

Thickness

Price £

VPS2436

60cm x 91cm

£20.90

NA

NA

NA

91cm x 10m

3mm

£117.63 V50132C

91cm wide

3mm

£15.88

VPS3660

91cm x 152cm

£46.95

VPS2418

Rolls

£336.77

V50133 122cm x 10m

3mm

£157.02 V50133C 122cm wide

3mm

£21.20

VPS310

91cm x 3m

£93.93

VPS3618

Rolls

£456.58

V50134

91cm x 10m

6mm

£289.12 V50134C

91cm wide

6mm

£39.03

VPS4872

122cm x 183cm

£82.88

VPS4818

Rolls

£634.68

V50135 122cm x 10m

6mm

£385.93 V50135C 122cm wide

6mm

£52.12

Performance Key

Good F

V50132

Size

Cut Lengths per m

Very Good FF

Excellent FFF

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

119


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Tool Storage Boxes & Vaults

Sentribox XLOCK® High Security Tool Vaults & Boxes Substantial construction from 1.2mm, 1.6mm, 2mm and 2.5mm sheet steel with powder coated finish and an advanced XLOCK® - four point locking system. This system operates with one lock and one key and has worldwide patents pending. All boxes are supplied with two keys and are numbered for an optional replacement key service. Fitted with anti jemmy bars all round, twin hydraulic arms, drop down handles and a full width split heavy duty piano hinge.Covered by a 3 year’s manufacturer’s warranty for defective parts.

Sentri XLOCK® VB & Sentri XLOCK® 515 Made from 1.2mm and 2mm steel with a black powder coated finish fitted with a protective tool mat.

Description

Width

Height

Length

Weight kg

Order

Price £

Sentri Van Box

472mm

450mm

930mm

36kg

VSVBVB

£170.00

Sentri 515 Vehicle Box

472mm

450mm

1279mm

49kg

VS515VB

£227.14

Sentri 622 Vehicle Box

600mm

630mm

1800mm

116kg

VS622VB

£599.00

Sentri Van Box 930 x 472 x 450mm VSVBVB

170.00

£

Sentri XLOCK® Site Boxes Made from 2mm and 2.5mm sheet steel with a black powder coated finish fitted with a protective tool mat. Fitted with forklift/pallet truck skids with a facility for bolting wheels.

Description

Width

Height

Length Weight kg

Sentri 422 Site Box

600mm

630mm

1168mm

74kg

VS422SB

Order

Price £ £341.43

Sentri 432 Site Box

600mm

925mm

1168mm

87kg

VS432SB

£470.00

Sentri 622 Site Box

600mm

630mm

1800mm

116kg

VS622SB

£599.00

Order

Price £

Wheel Kit 150mm/6” heavy duty wheel kit (300kg/wheel), two fixed, two swivel with brakes. Same kit for all sentriboxes (excluding Vanbox and 515). Quick and easily fitted to pre-drilled holes in base of pallet truck skids with nyloc nuts and bolts supplied.

Description

Order

Price £

150mm Heavy Duty Wheel Kit

VSWK

£128.57

Sentri XLOCK® Tool Vault Made from 2mm and 2.5mm sheet steel with a black powder coated finish fitted with a protective tool mat and one removeable shelf. Fitted with forklift/pallet truck skids with a facility for bolting wheels.

120

Description

Width

Height

Sentri 442 Tool Vault

600mm

1275mm 1168mm

Length Weight kg 162kg

VS442TV

£641.43

Sentri 542 Tool Vault

600mm

1275mm 1428mm

191kg

VS542TV

£827.14

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

office furniture & storage Page

office desk systems

document & office storage

key cabinets

safe & data vaults

office label printers

office seating

122 126 128 129 130 132

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Furniture

Impact Systems Desking Affordable Desking Impact Standard Desking is an affordable and simple office furniture solution. Traditional design enables easy planning for stand alone desk requirements. •

18mm worktops and side panels with 3mm PVC edging

Sturdy construction with clean lines

Frame work and drawer handles in either Silver or Graphite, see swatch

Position of pedestal can be specified (left or right) when assembled onsite

Single Pedestal Desk (2 Drawer)

Workstation No Pedestals HxWxD

Order

Price £

720 x 1200 x 800mm

VZIMSW12SPX2

£165.00

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16SPX2

£186.00

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18SPX2

£203.25

Double Pedestal Desk HxWxD

Order

Price £

HxWxD

Order

Price £

720 x 1200 x 800mm

VZIMSW12SP2D

£212.25

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16SP2D

£233.25

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16/2X2D

£280.50

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18SP2D

£250.50

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18/2X2D

£297.75

2 Drawer

3 Drawer 720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16/2X3D

£280.50

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18/2X3D

£297.75

2 & 3 Drawer 720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16/2D3D

£280.50

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18/2D3D

£297.75

Standard Features

Single Pedestal (3 Drawer) HxWxD

Order

Price £

720 x 1200 x 800mm

VZIMSW12SP3D

£212.25

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIMSW16SP3D

£233.25

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIMSW18SP3D

£250.50

information box Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add BH for Beech & Silver = VZIMSW12SP2DBH - please refer to the swatches shown.

122

Steel Sided Drawers

Folding Key Fob

Colour swatches OK Oak/Graphite

BH Beech/Silver

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Furniture

made in the UK

2 Desk Options •

A modern style cantilever leg frame

Matching panel ends giving the workstations a more traditional look

Core Workstations

Cantilever Leg (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

720 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM16LCF

£253.50

720 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM18LCF

£274.50

600 Desk High Pedestal (OK, MP, BH) Standard Features

Left hand

Metal roller runners, locks

Right hand 720 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM16RCF

£253.50

720 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM18RCF

£274.50

Panel End (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

720 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM16LP

£253.50

720 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM18LP

£274.50

Type

Left hand

Right hand 720 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM16RP

£253.50

720 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZIM18RP

£274.50

Rectangular Workstations

HxWxD

Order

3 drawer 720 x 392 x 600mm VDHP3-6

Price £ £201.75

800 Desk High Pedestal (OK, MP, BH) Standard Features Metal roller runners, locks

Cantilever Leg (OK, MP, BH) Order VZIM0808CF

Price £ £137.25

720 x 1200 x 800mm

VZIM1208CF

£159.00

720 x 1400 x 800mm

VZIM1408CF

£178.50

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIM1608CF

£183.75

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIM1808CF

£195.75

Type

Panel End (OK, MP, BH)

Wave Workstations

HxWxD

Order

3 drawer 720 x 392 x 800mm VDHP3-8

Price £

Price £ £234.00

HxWxD

Order

720 x 800 x 800mm

VZIM0808P

£137.25

720 x 1200 x 800mm

VZIM1208P

£159.00

Low Mobile Pedestals (OK, MP, BH)

720 x 1400 x 800mm

VZIM1408P

£178.50

Standard Features

720 x 1600 x 800mm

VZIM1608P

£183.75

Locking drawers, metal roller runners

720 x 1800 x 800mm

VZIM1808P

£195.75

Cantilever Leg (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

Left hand 720 x 1400 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1410LWC

£198.75

720 x 1600 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1610LWC

£212.25

720 x 1800 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1810LWC

CALL

Order

Price £

2 Drawer 550 x 392 x 600mm

Type

HxWxD

VMP2

£192.75

3 Drawer 550 x 392 x 600mm

VMP3

£192.75

Right hand 720 x 1400 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1410RWC

£198.75

720 x 1600 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1610RWC

£212.25

720 x 1800 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1810RWC

CALL

Order

High Mobile Pedestal (OK, MP, BH) Standard Features

Panel End (OK, MP, BH). HxWxD

Office Furniture & Storage

HxWxD 720 x 800 x 800mm

Locking drawers, metal roller runners Price £

Left hand 720 x 1400 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1410LWP

£198.75

720 x 1600 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1610LWP

£212.25

720 x 1800 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1810LWP

CALL

Right hand 720 x 1400 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1410RWP

£198.75

720 x 1600 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1610RWP

£212.25

720 x 1800 x 800/1000mm

VZIM1810RWP

CALL

Type

HxWxD

3 Drawer 680 x 392 x 600mm

Order

Price £

VHMP3

£201.75

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

123


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Chairs

Workmode Systems Desking Workmode offers both a cantilever frame and panel end option - with mobile or desk high pedestals. •

25mm MFC worktops with cable ports

Solid 3mm PVC edging

Choice of cantilever or panel end styles

Comprehensive range of matching storage

All items available from stock in 5-7 working days

Choice of three popular finishes

Heavy duty steel sided pedestal drawers

information box Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require; OK = Oak MP = Maple BH = Beech Refer to swatches on page 122 Matching tables, cupboards, bookcases and storage units available on request

Rectangular Workstations

Cantilever Leg

Panel End

Workmode offers you cantilever legs in a choice of three finishes.

Workmode offers you panel ends in a choice of three MFC finishes.

HxWxD

Order

Price £

HxWxD

Order

727 x 800 x 800mm

VZWM8080C

£178.50

727 x 800 x 800mm

VZWM8080P

Price £ £147.75

727 x 1200 x 800mm

VZWM1280C

£195.75

727 x 1200 x 800mm

VZWM1280P

£165.00

727 x 1400 x 800mm

VZWM1480C

£210.00

727 x 1400 x 800mm

VZWM1480P

£179.25

727 x 1600 x 800mm

VZWM1680C

£220.50

727 x 1600 x 800mm

VZWM1680P

£190.50

727 x 1800 x 800mm

VZWM1880C

£228.75

727 x 1800 x 800mm

VZWM1880P

£198.00

Narrow Rectagular Workstations

124

Cantilever Leg

Panel End

Workmode offers you cantilever legs in a choice of three finishes.

Workmode offers you panel ends in a choice of three MFC finishes.

HxWxD

Order

Price £

HxWxD

Order

Price £

727 x 800 x 600mm

VZWM8060C

£153.75

727 x 800 x 600mm

VZWM8060P

£123.00

727 x 1200 x 600mm

VZWM1260C

£177.00

727 x 1200 x 600mm

VZWM1260P

£146.25

727 x 1600 x 600mm

VZWM1660C

£203.25

727 x 1600 x 600mm

VZWM1660P

£172.50

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Furniture

made in the UK

Core Workstations

600 Desk High Pedestal (OK, MP, BH) Cantilever Leg (OK, MP, BH) Standard Features HxWxD

Order

Price £

Metal runners, locks

Left hand 727 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm VZWM16LC

£280.50

727 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm VZWM18LC

£289.50

Right hand 727 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm VZWM16RC

£280.50

727 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm VZWM18RC

£289.50

Panel End (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

727 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZWM16LP

£255.75

727 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZWM18LP

£264.00

Type

HxWxD

Order

Price £

3 drawer

727 x 392 x 600mm

VDHP3-6

£201.75

Left hand

Right hand 727 x 1600 x 1200/800/600mm

VZWM16RP

£255.75

727 x 1800 x 1200/800/600mm

VZWM18RP

£264.00

800 Desk High Pedestals (OK, MP, BH) Standard Features Metal roller runners, locks

Wave Workstations Cantilever Leg (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

727 x 1400 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1410LWC

£245.25

727 x 1600 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1610LWC

£261.75

727 x 1800 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1810LWC

£276.00

Type

HxWxD

Order

Price £

3 drawer

727 x 392 x 800mm

VDHP3-8

£234.00

Left hand

727 x 1400 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1410RWC

£245.25

727 x 1600 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1610RWC

£261.75

727 x 1800 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1810RWC

£276.00

Standard Features Locking drawers, metal roller runners

Type

Panel End (OK, MP, BH) HxWxD

Order

Price £

VZWM1410LWP

£214.50

Left hand 727 x 1400 x 1000/800mm

HxWxD

Order

Price £

2 Drawer 550 x 392 x 600mm

VMP2

£192.75

3 Drawer 550 x 392 x 600mm

VMP3

£192.75

High Mobile Pedestal (OK, MP, BH)

727 x 1600 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1610LWP

£231.00

Standard Features

727 x 1800 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1810LWP

£245.25

Locking drawers, metal roller runners

Office Furniture & Storage

Right hand

Low Mobile Pedestals (OK, MP, BH)

Right hand 727 x 1400 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1410RWP

£214.50

727 x 1600 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1610RWP

£231.00

727 x 1800 x 1000/800mm

VZWM1810RWP

£245.25

Type

HxWxD

3 Drawer 680 x 392 x 600mm

Order

Price £

VHMP3

£201.75

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

125


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Storage

VALUE Range Office Storage – high quality at a lower cost! Value Filing Cabinets •

Robust fully welded steel construction

Hardwearing textured paint finish

Drawers run smoothly on ball bearings

Positive drawer-closed position

Drawers extend 100% for easy access

Delivered fully assembled

Five year guarantee

Anti-tilt device

Locks

All prices include delivery & installation to your premises & removal of all packaging.

4 Drawer Cabinet H1321 x W470 x D622mm VAOC4

126.36

£

3 Drawer Cabinet H1016 x W470 x D622mm VAOC3

2 Drawer Cabinet H711 x W470 x D622mm VAOC2

116.64

100.43

£

£

H1968 x W1000 x D470mm VCST78GG

302.14

£

Value Tambour Cupboards Each of the Tambour Cupboards is delivered fully assembled and empty •

Robust fully welded steel construction

Hardwearing textured paint finish

Five year guarantee

Integrated handle and lock

Delivered fully assembled

H1651 x W1000 x D470mm VCST65GG

284.79

£

H1016 x W1000 x D470mm VCST40GG

233.36

£

126

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Security Cupboard These sturdy cupboards are made from sheet steel and are fitted with a strong two-point lock for maximum protection. The 1016mm high cupboard is supplied with one shelf, while the taller models come complete with three shelves. •

High quality powder coat finish

Delivered fully assembled

Range of accessories (see below)

Filing Cabinets/Cupboards

Price includes 3 shelves Security Cupboard H1828 x W914 x D457mm VA722W00

317.14

£

Price includes 3 shelves Security Cupboard H1806 x W914 x D457mm VA652W00

314.57

£

Security Cupboard 1016H x 914W x 457D Price includes 1 shelf Security Cupboard H1016 x W914 x D457mm VA802W11

218.57

Basic Shelf + clips

Roll out shelf pack

Filing Frames Filing frames will accept vertical files in two directions. We suggest that no more than one roll out lateral file frame is used per cupboard and placed towards the base of the unit.

915mm wide VBSSP1

915mm wide VR05H

Slotted Shelf + clips

Pigeon hole fitting

18.64

61.07

£

Office Furniture & Storage

£ Accessories

£

Suspension filing frame VR0SFF

71.36

£

Dividers for above Pk 5 -150mm high VBSDPK05

28

£

.93

915mm wide VBSS

26

£

.36

915mm wide VBPH

76

£

.29

Static lateral frame 915mm wide VBUR

19.29

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

127


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Budget Key Cabinets

Budget Key Cabinets •

This quality range of key cabinets offers a simple and affordable solution to your key storage requirements.

Sturdy 1.5mm steel cabinets with tough powder coated light grey finish.

Fixed coloured and numbered hook bars with matching key tabs.

Removable key control index included within the three larger models.

Key locking c/w 2 keys. Capacity

O/A Size (H x W x D mm)

Order

20 keys

H255 x W180 x D80mm

VK020

Price £ £27.92

30 keys

H300 x W210 x D80mm

VK030

£35.54

42 keys

H320 x W245 x D80mm

VK042

£47.39

48 keys

H350 x W300 x D80mm

VK048

£78.96

64 keys

H450 x W300 x D80mm

VK064

£101.54

100 keys

H550 x W380 x D80mm

VK100

£128.62

100 Key Cabinet VK100

128.62

£

Security Key Cabinets •

Robust 2.5mm body & 3mm thick door

Layout can be customised

Colour coded and numbered key tabs

Removable index card

Euro cylinder deadlock & 5-pin cylinder c/w 2 keys

Strengthening plates to lock and body

Durable light grey finish

Combination & electronic locking available

Cylinder can be easily replaced to integrate with an existing key system Capacity

O/A Size (H x W x D mm)

Weight kg

Order

30 keys

305 x 230 x 70

6kg

VKV030

Price £ £83.77

48 keys

355 x 300 x 80

7kg

VKV048

£142.16

100 keys

550 x 380 x 80

13kg

VKV100

£254.70

200 keys

550 x 380 x 140

20kg

VKV200

£418.86

400 keys

550 x 730 x 140

34kg

VKV400

£698.94

600 keys

550 x 730 x 205

43kg

VKV600

£854.64

100 Key Vault VKV100

254.70

£

Combi Cabinets A range of sturdy steel cabinets, combining key control and storage for personal property and valuables. Available in 4 models with different key capacities/compartments, designed to suit most applications.

128

Choice of key capacities 50, 100 or 200 keys

Electronic locking on main door

Colour coded adjustable hook bars

Complimentary key tabs rings and numbering system

Removable index card

Storage compartments - key locking c/w 2 keys

Light grey finish

Capacity

Compartments

Shelves

O/A Size (H x W x D mm)

Order

50 keys

2

2

H550 x W380 x D205mm

VKCC050

Price £ £422.24

100 keys

4

-

H550 x W730 x D205mm

VKCC100

£644.25

200 keys

4

-

H550 x W730 x D205mm

VKCC200

£748.86

-

4

-

H550 x W380 x D205mm

VKCC004

£422.24

200 Key Vault with 4 storage compartments VKCC200

748.86

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Safes and Data Vaults

Steel Stor High Security Cabinets •

Independently tested and approved to withstand a half hour burglary attempt (FG Test)

Insurance approved £3,000 cash (£30,000 valuables)

4mm solid steel construction with 3-way locking

VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock c/w 2 keys

Full height hinge side protection

Anti-drill protection

Adjustable shelves(s) included

Durable light grey finish HxWxD

Weight kg

Shelves

Order

600 x 540 x 400

67

1

VSFSC060

Price £ £530.00

1000 x 600 x 450

154

2

VSFSC100

£830.00

1490 x 540 x 400

158

3

VSFSC149D

£850.00

1600 x 600 x 450

192

3

VSFSC160

£1000.00

1600 x 600 x 700

235

4

VSFSC160D

£1255.00

1800 x 850 x 700

302

4

VSFSC180D

£1375.00

information box Steel Stor and Fire Stor S1 - Price includes delivery and installation to Ground Floor in UK mainland only

Fire Stor S1 Fire Resistant Security Cabinets •

Independently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house

Protects contents from fire for up to 30 minutes

Insurance approved £2,000 cash (£20,000 valuables)

Double wall construction with fire resistant infill to DIN4102

Multi point locking

VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock c/w 2 keys

Full height hinge side protection

Adjustable shelve(s) included

Durable light grey finish Weight kg

Shelves

Order

95

1

VFCFS1023S1K

Price £ £960.00

1220 x 600 x 520

120

2

VFCFS1022S1K

£1100.00

1580 x 600 x 520

145

3

VFCFS1021S1K

£1200.00

1950 x 930 x 520

215

4

VFCFS1020S1K

£1745.00

1950 x 1200 x 520

245

4

VFCFS1024S1K

£2025.00

Office Furniture & Storage

HxWxD 860 x 600 x 520

Mini Vault Cash and Valuables Safe •

£3,000 overnight cash cover (£30,000 valuables)**

4mm solid steel electrically welded body

8mm thick door fitted with key or electonic locking

Key storage hook bar on rear of door

Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models

Suitable for rear or floor fixing - bolts supplied

Colour - metallic dark grey RAL7001

** Insurance ratings may change depending on location, please check with your underwriters. Please note that order codes ending with 'K' are for key locking safes and order codes ending with 'E' are for electronic locking safes. External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Weight kg HxWxD

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

HxWxD

250 x 374 x 274

240 x 354 x 210

22

VSFMV0K

£152.31

VSFMV0ZE

£184.60

294 x 374 x 325

282 x 354 x 260

29

VSFMV1K

£175.39

VSFMV1ZE

£226.20

532 x 374 x 425

522 x 354 x 360

52

VSFMV2K

£253.85

VSFMV2ZE

£189.20

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

129


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Desktop Label Printers

VPT2030VP - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Durable – labels up to 18mm, able to handle extreme conditions

Easy to use QWERTY keyboard

Preview your design easily with the large LCD screen

Space-saving compact, stylish design

Convenient cutter for accurate label length

Save time with up to 10mm per second printing

Get creative, with customised labels printed direct from your PC

Everything you need – includes 18mm black on white tape (4m)

Desktop Label Printer VPT2030VP

69.99

£

VPT2730VP - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Durable – labels up to 24mm, able to handle extreme conditions

Space-saving compact, stylish design

Easy to use QWERTY keyboard

Preview your design easily with the large LCD screen

Get creative, with customised labels printed direct from your PC

Convenient automatic cutter for accurate label length

Save time with up to 10mm per second printing

Conveniently comes with 24mm black on white tape (8m)

Extra versatility – print labels to 3.5, 6, 9, 12, 18 & 24mm

Desktop Label Printer VPT2730VP

119.00

£

VPT3600 - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Durable - labels up to 36mm, able to handle extreme conditions

Work more efficiently, print high quality, durable barcodes

Easy to use QWERTY keyboard

Preview your design on the large LCD screen

Print Customised labels direct from your PC

Convenient automatic cutter for accurate label length

Save time with up to 20mm per second printing

Includes USB cable, adaptor and two tapes

Extra versatility - print labels to 6, 9, 12, 18, 24 and 36mm

Desktop Label Printer VPT3600

339.00

£

VPT9700 - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Durable – labels up to 36mm, able to handle extreme conditions

Work more efficiently, print high quality, durable barcodes

Save time – the advanced cutter produces semi-cut, ready-to-peel labels

Save time with up to 80mm per second printing

Space-saving compact, stylish design

Get creative, with customised labels printed direct from your PC

Extra versatility – print labels to 6, 9, 12, 18, 24 & 36mm

Conveniently comes with 36mm black on white HG tape (8m)

Extra Tape (x 8mtrs)

319.00

£

To fit VPT2030VP, VPT2730VP, VPT3600, VPT9700, VPT3600

Character

Base

6mm

9mm

12mm

18mm

24mm

Black

White

VTZ211

VTZ221

VTZ231

VTZ241

VTZ251

VTZ261

Description (VPT9700 ONLY)

Order

Black

Yellow

VTZ611

VTZ621

VTZ631

VTZ641

VTZ651

VTZ661

Black on White

VHG251

£24.49

Red

White

-

-

VTZ232

VTZ242

VTZ252

VTZ262

Black on White - 5 pack

VHG251V5

£115.00

Blue

Black

-

VTZ233

VTZ243

VTZ253

VTZ263

Black on Yellow - 5 pack

VHG651V5

£115.00

Black on Clear - 5 Pack

VHG151V5

£105.00

Black on White

VHG241

£21.49

Black on White - 5 Pack

VHG261V5

£149.00

PRICE Black PRICE

130

To fit all VPT machines

Desktop Label Printer VPT9700

£14.49

Clear

VTZ111 £12.69

£16.19 VTZ121 £14.49

£17.99 VTZ131 £16.19

£17.99 VTZ141 £19.69

£24.99 VTZ151 £23.49

36mm

£31.99 VTZ161 £30.29

Price £

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Desktop Label Printers

VPQL570 - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Save money, by sharing your labeller across your network

Versatile – print labels up to 102mm wide for a variety of industrial applications, from letters and parcels to signage and name badges

Professional – Produce industry-standard shipping labels with any common barcode protocol, to meet ANSI X3.182 specifications can be printed quickly and in larger production runs

Time-saving – with up to 69 labels per minute print speed, you can complete the largest of production runs in no time

Durable - Brother DK label rolls are made of high quality materials, to ensure the printed text and barcodes stay readable even after shipping.

Money-saving – direct thermal print technology eliminates toner, ink and ribbon costs

Easy to use - print address labels directly from Microsoft Word, Excel and Outlook

No misaligned text – preview your labels on your PC first before you print

Desktop Label Printer VPQL570

109.00

£

VQL1060 - Brother Desktop Label Printer Up to 68 labels per minute print speed

Up to 300 x 600 (superfine mode) dpi print resolution

Prints on labels up to 102mm label wide

Built in automatic heavy duty cutter

User-friendly software with 3 label design

Easy connection to PC

Compatible with PC and Mac OS® Systems

Desktop Label Printer VQL1060

269.00

£

VTD4000 - Brother Desktop Label Printer •

Versatile – print labels up to 102mm wide for a variety of industrial applications, from letters and parcels to signage and name badges

Professional – Produce industry-standard shipping labels with any common barcode protocol, to meet ANSI X3.182 specifications can be printed quickly and in larger production runs

Time-saving – with up to 69 labels per minute print speed, you can complete the largest of production runs in no time

Durable - Brother RD label rolls are made of high quality materials, to ensure the printed text and barcodes stay readable even after shipping.

Money-saving – direct thermal print technology eliminates toner, ink and ribbon costs

Easy to use - print address labels directly from Microsoft Word, Excel and Outlook

No misaligned text – preview your labels on your PC first before you print

Desktop Label Printer VTD4000

299.00

£

Label Printer Tapes Order

Description

Order

Description

VDK11240

Barcode Label 102mm (w) x 51mm (l) - 600 per roll

Price £ £37.69

VDK11201

Standard Address

£11.59

VDK11241

Large Shipping Label 102mm (w) x 152mm (l) - 200 per roll

£37.39

VDK11208

Large Address

£14.69

VDK22243

Paper 102mm (w) x 30.48mm (l) meter

£34.49

VDK11209

Small Address

£14.79

VDK11202

Shipping Label

£21.29

VDK11203

File Folder Label

£9.69

VDK11204

Multi-Purpose Label

£7.39

VDK11207

CD / DVD Label

£24.39

VDK22214

Paper Tape 12mm x 30.48mm

£10.39

VDK22210

Paper Tape 29mm x 30.48mm

£11.59

VDK22205

Paper Tape 62mm x 30.48mm

£19.29

VDK22211

White Tape (Film) 29mm

£24.39

VDK22212

White Tape (Film) 62mm

£48.99

VDK22606

Yellow Tape (Film) 62mm

£69.99

VDK22113

Clear Tape (Film) 62mm

£69.99

VTD4000 Only Order

Description

Price £

VRDS01E2

Continuous Label Tape 102mm x 44mm - White

£9.99

VRDS02E1

Paper Label Rolls 102mm x 152mm - White

£9.99

VRDS03E1

Paper Label Rolls 102mm x 50mm - White

£9.99

VRDS04E1

Paper Label Rolls 76mm x 26mm - White

£7.99

VRDS05E1

Paper Label Rolls 51mm x 26mm - White

£5.99

Price £

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Office Furniture & Storage

131


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Chairs

Office Seating Series 2000 Operators Chairs •

Medium or high back

Height adjustable back

Seat height ajustment

Back rake mechanism

Arms or height adjustable arms

Black moulded base

Seat slide or chrome base options are available at an extra cost, to order add SS for seat slide or C for shrome base to end of the product code

Operator Chair with fixed arms VTW02

94.00

£

Operator Chair with no arms VTW01

High Back Operator Chair with fixed arms VTW05

79.00

£

99.

£

00

Series 6100 Operator Chair

High Back Operator Chair with height adjustable arms VTW06

115.00

£

Medium Back Operator Chair with height adjustable arms VMY03

Medium or high back

Height adjustable back

Seat height adjustment

Back rake mechanism

Height adjustable arms

Black moulded base

Seat slide or chrome base options are available at an extra cost, to order add SS for seat slide or C for chrome base to end of the product code

145.00

£

High Back Operator Chair with adjustable arms VMY06

153.00

£

information box All seating is priced in a group 1 fabric

Please state colour at time of ordering

Milldale Plus Onyx OMP620

Other colours are available on request

Royal MB041

Options available Seat Slide is available at an extra cost of £30.00 please add code SS to end of product code Polished Aluminium Base is available at an extra cost of £33.00 please add code C to end of product code

132

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Office Chairs

Mesh Back and Metal Swivel Chairs Metal Swivel Chair Operator Chair VTW01/DM

128

£

.00

Fixed arms

Square shaped back

Swivel chair

Black frame

Seat height adjustment

Black moulded base

5cm twin wheel hooded castors

Metal Swivel Chair VAR30B

96.00

£

Mesh Back Chairs VAIR02B

VAIR03B

Mesh back

Fixed arms

Back rake mechanism

Square shaped back

Height adjustable back

Swivel chair

Seat height adjustment

Black frame

Black moulded base

Seat height adjustment

5cm twin wheeled castors

Black moulded base

5cm twin wheel hooded castors

Mesh Back Chair with fixed 'T' arms VAIR02B

Mesh Back Chair with height adjustable arms VAIR03B

111.00

119.00

£

Multi-purpose Chair

Tub Chair

Series 8000 Stacking Chair

Series 9000

Upholstered Seats & Backs

Upholstered Tub Chair

Stackable For Leg Frame (Up to 20 High)

Wooden Structure

Chairs available in black (VS8011) and Chrome (VS8011/C)

Wooden Feet

Office Furniture & Storage

£

Chrome Leg Stacking Chair VMA05C

85.00

£

Black Legged Stacking Chair VMA05B

73.00

£

Upholstered Tub Chair VS9001

204.00

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

133


Office Chairs

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Posture Seating Solar Operator Chairs We have worked closely with leading industry specialists in posture evaluation related to good chair design. Designed and developed to provide a multitude of functions maintaining style and quality. Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements. Simple controls ensure the user can obtain a personalised sitting position, creating a comfortable experience. Standard features include adjustable arms, seat slide, inflatable lumbar and independent seat & back movement.

information box All seating is priced in a group 1 fabric

Mildale Plus Onyx OMP620

Royal BM041

Please state colour at time of ordering Other colours are available on request

Sculptured Back Detail

Inflatable Lumbar

Competitive products often compromise on style and features. Solar maintains a look of quality through features such as the elegantly sculptured black plastic.

The inflatable lumbar device offers a simple yet effective additional support to the lumbar region.

Height Adjustable Arms Solar comes standard with height adjustable arms offering ease of use whilst providing support and comfort.

Solar Operator Chair VSOLM7MINFB

153.00

ÂŁ Seat Height Adjustment A seat height adjustment of between 430-560mm can be achieved by means of pnuematic height adjustment which supports up to 150kg.

Seat & Back Adjustments Independent seat & back adjustment provides maximum user comfort.

Seat Slide Adjustment Variable seat depth adjustments can be made giving the user improved support.

134

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

health, safety, waste & environmental Page

first aid kits & cabinets

drum & chemical storage

spill control kits

gas cylinder storage

hazardous storage cabinets

salt & grit bins

outdoor litter bins

recycling bins

wheelie bins

136 140 146 128 149 151 152 153 154

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

First Aid Kits

'Work Medic' 10 person First Aid Kit VC600

'Work Medic' 1 person Burns Kit VC612

32.86

£

17.45

£

'Work Medic' First Aid Kit

'Work Medic' Burns Kit

Wall Mountable HSE Compliant Kit (Wall Bracket included)

Contents

Handy First Aid Kit made from high impact, strong ABS.

Burn Dressing 10cm x 10cm x 2

Design protects contents from water and dust

Burn Blot Sachets 3.5g x 8

Refills available for all sizes

Burns Dressing 5cm x 15cm x 1

Burn Dressing 20cm x 20cm x1

Burns Gel Bottle 125ml x 1

First Response Bag

Conforming Bandage 10cm x 4m x 1

Ideal for use at events where there may be large crowds. Designed for major incidents and emergencies. Lightweight, portable with carry handle and shoulder strap.

Tuff Cut Large Scissors x 1

Contents Assorted washproof plasters x 40

Pen Torch x 1

Triangular bandage x 4

Survival Blanket x 2

Safety pins x 12

Resuscitation with valve x 2

Eye pad dressings x 4

Large Universal sheers x 1

No.1 Ambulance dressing x 2

First Aid scissors x 1

No.2 Ambulance dressing x 2

Multi Absorbent dressing x 2

No.3 Ambulance dressing x 2

Guidance leaflet x 1

No.4 Ambulance dressing x 2

Moist wipes x 10

500ml Eyewash x 1

Gloves (pair) x 1

Wall Mounted Sofia Metal First Aid Cabinet Size - (H) 40cm x (W) 30cm x (D) 12cm (when closed) •

Lockable with keys

Available either as empty cabinet or filled

Contents of Single First Aid Cabinet Complete Assorted Washproof Plasters x 60

First Response Bag VC626

HSE Dressings 12cm x 12cm x 12

75

£

Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m x 1

.49

HSE Dressings 18cm x 18cm x 4 Triangular Bandage x 8 Moist Cleansing Wipes x 20 Disposal Gloves (pair) x 3 Safety Pins (assorted) x 12 First Aid Guidance Leaflet x 1

Emergency Grab Bag

Eyepad Dressing Sterile x 6

First Aid On The Move 75 Piece Kit for all your emergency first aid needs, major incidents and emergencies.

Contents of Emergency First Aid Grab Bag Assorted washproof plasters x 40

Vehicle First Aid Bag

Single First Aid Cabinet - filled VC337

96.24

£

Contents of Vehicle First Aid Bag Non-Adherent Dressing Pad 5cm x 5cm x 2

Medium dressings x 1

Non-Adherent Dressing Pad 10cm x 10cm x 1

Large dressings x 1

Assorted Washproof Plasters x 20

Ambulance dressing x 1

Triangular Bandage x 2

Moist clensing wipes x 10

No. 8 Dressing x 1

Disposable gloves (pair) x 1

No. 9 Dressing x 1

Triangular bandage x 2

Resuscitation Mouthshield with Valve x 1

First Aid guidance leaflet x 1

Gloves (pair) x 1

Eyepad dressing sterile x 2

First Aid Guidance Leaflet x 1

500ml Eyewash bottle x 1

Finger Bandage x 1

Conforming bangage x 1

No. 16 Eyepad x 1

First Aid sheers & scissors x 2 Cohesive bandage x 1 Hard face resus pocket mask x 1 Foil blanket x 2 Safety pins x 6 Instant ice pack x 1

Emergency Grab Bag (plus fire extinguisher) VC155

95

£

.00

Vehicle First Aid Bag VC622

14.99

£

Moist Wipes x 6 Survival Blanket x 1 Instant Ice Pack x 1 First Aid Scissors x 1 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m x 1 Microporous Tape 1.25cm x 10m x 1

Fire Extinguisher x 1

136

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

First Aid & Biohazard

Eye Wash/Irrigation

CoreWipe Box 100

Sterile, single use emergency eye wash solution

Individually wrapped, alcohol free, disposable wipes. Contains aqueous cleansing solution.

Sodium Chloride 0.9% w/v Sterile Water

For occular and topical irrigation and wound cleansing

Ready to use, twist off top for ease of use

Easy pour with directable jet

Available in 500ml & 20ml

VC504

VC341 Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC341

Emergency Sterile Eye Wash

1 x 500ml

Price £ £3.97

VC504

Emergency Eye & Wound Wash (Saline Pods)

25 x 20ml pods

£15.62

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC310

CoreWipe

Box of 100

Price £ £9.20

Double Eye Wash Station with Pods Unique double eye wash kit caters for all your H&S compliancy requirements containing two 500ml Eye Wash bottles, 6 Saline Pods, two eye pad (no16). •

Sterile

Includes Eye Pad Dressings

Ideal for the workplace

Emergency eye wash solution

Wall mounted (bracket included)

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC349

Double Eye Wash Station (+6 saline pods)

1

Price £ £32.48

Body Fluid Disposal Kit 2 Application Kit A complete kit for effectively cleaning up bodily fluid spills. •

Clean up pack x2

Carrying case (yellow)

Super absorbent (10g) x2

Disinfectant spray (3ml) x1

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC511

Body Fluid Disposal Kit - 2 Application Kit

1

Price £ £25.42

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Body Fluid Disposal Refill Kit One application refill kit. •

Clean up pack x1

Super absorbent (10g) x1

Disinfectant spray (30ml x1)

Order VC510

Description Body Fluid One Application Refill Kit

Sharps Boxes other sizes available on request

Pack Qty 1

Price £ £8.75

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC518

0.25 Litre Sharps Box

1

Price £ £4.68

VC519

1 Litre Sharps Box

1

£5.36

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

137


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

First Aid Kits

Zinc Oxide Core Tape

Burnshield Dressing

Easy tearable tape, immobilises joints and provides support.

Burnshield Hydrogel Impregnated Burns Dressings •

Immediate effective treatment

Strong Dependable Tape

Absorbs and dissipates heat

Long lasting 10m length

Non toxic and non irritant

Zinc Oxide

Minimises shock and skin

damage

Order

Description

Pack Qty

Price £

VC306

Core Tape Zinc Oxide - 1.25cm x 10m

12 Rolls

£1.38

VC307

Core Tape Zinc Oxide - 2.5cm x 10m

12 Rolls

£2.90

Reduces pain and secondary

contamination

Moisturises the burn area

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC540

100mm x 100mm Emergency Burncare Dressing with 40g Gel

1

Price £ £3.84

Foil Blanket Essential protection for employees/guests who may be evacuated through fire or other emergency. Foil blanket is a highly effective means of retaining body heat.

Foil Blanket Case Keep your foil blankets contained in large kit. Comes complete with 60 foil blankets.

Adult size

Also suitable for children

130cm x 210cm

Specially designed for emergency situations

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC301

Foil blanket adult size

1

Price £ £1.91

Resuscitation Face Mask Face mask for the use in emergency first aid.

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC398

Foil Blanket Case

1

Resuscitation mouth to mouth with filter valve

FFP3 Mask with filters to protect from all epidemics

Price £ £173.97

Resuscitation Pocket Mask Clear plastic CPR face mask. To fit adult or child. With one way valve which ensures that breath can be given with control and accuracy. •

Easy to use

Filter valve

Hard case

Reusable

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC315

Resuscitation Face Mask

1

Price £ £1.22

Resuscitation Pouch Resuscitation pouch with key ring and filter valve. For the use in emergency first aid. Resuscitation mouth to mouth with filter valve.

138

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC317

Resuscitation Pocket Mask

1

Price £ £12.24

Order

Description

Pack Qty

VC316

Resuscitation Pouch With Key Ring

1

Price £ £3.25

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HSE Essential First Aid Packs

HSE Essential First Aid Package with over 400 products Become Fully HSE Compliant for Just £135 (RRP £189)

HSE First Aid Kit VC150

135.00

£

Full HSE First Aid Compliance For Just £13.50 Per Employee This essential first aid package has been created to meet all of the stringent HSE guidelines. When purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind that you and your company will meet the first aid equipment provision stipulated in the above legislation.

information box

By law all companies have to comply with the Health & Safety Executive First Aid at Work Legislation.

The Health and Safety (First-Aid) Regulations 1981 applies to all workplaces in Great Britain, including those with less than five employees, and to the self employed. This Approved Code of Practice (ACOP) and guidance is aimed at all industries.

The following is an extract taken from the approved code of practice and guidance, covering the above legislation.

“An employer should make an assessment of first-aid needs appropriate to the circumstances of each workplace”

1 x HSE First Aid Kit Wallet

ACOP 3 (20)

1 x Microporous Tape 2.5cm x 10m

“Employers are responsible for meeting the first-aid needs of their employees working away from the main site, for example those who travel regularly or long distances or are continuously mobile should carry a personal first aid kit

For more detailed information please visit the HSE website.

This essential first aid package has been created to meet all of the stringent HSE guidelines. When purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind that you and your company will meet the first aid equipment provision stipulated in the above legislation.

Each 10 person kit contains: 1 x HSE Work Medic First Aid Kit 10 Person 1 x HSE Work Medic Burns Kit 1 x HSE Plus Vehicle First Aid Kit 1 x HSE Plus Double Eyewash Station 1 x Survival Blanket 1 x Resuscitation Hard Face Pocket Mask 100 x Alcohol Free Moist Cleansing wipes 1 x Body Fluid Disposal 2 Application Kit

1 x Washproof Dressing Strip 4 cm x 1m 100 x Washproof Assorted Plasters Note: Full kit details can be found on our website

information box

Each kit contains enough first aid equipment to legally cover up to 10 employees. For sites with more employees additional kits will need to be purchased.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

139


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hazardous Drum Storage

Hazardous Drum Storage Our range of drum stands provides essential protection against environmental damage by safely containing leakage or spillage within the unit

Max Load 1600kg

Polysafe ECO Sumps Ideal for the safe storage of various acids and alkalis in addition to oils, non-combustible cleaning chemicals etc. •

High quality sump pallets

Modern ergonomic design

Pallet compatible

Manufactured entirely from polyethylene offering total corrosion protection

Large storage surface – ideal for drums or small containers

Polysafe ECO Sump Suitable for 4 x 205L drums V148302

319.00

£

Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Weight kg

Order

2 x 205 litre drums

1430mm

1030mm

390mm

250 litres

57kg

V148301

Price £ £224.00

4 x 205 litre drums

1430mm

1430mm

470mm

450 litres

79kg

V148302

£319.00

Polysafe ECO Sump Suitable for 2 x 205L drums V148301

224.00

£

Max Load 800kg

Easy Load Sump Pallet Easy loading as the front can be pressed down by a fork lift, it then returns to its original shape automatically. •

Combines safety with ease of loading

Transportable by fork lift

2 sizes available – 2 or 4 drum capacity

Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Weight kg

Order

2 x 205 litre drums

1500mm

1100mm

440mm

270 litres

18kg

V149190

Price £ £234.00

4 x 205 litre drums

1500mm

1300mm

440mm

330 litres

20kg

V149189

£268.00

Easy Load Sump Pallet Suitable for 2 x 205L drums V149190

234.00

£

140

Easy Load Sump Pallet Suitable for 4 x 205L drums V149189

268.00

£

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Polysafe Euro Range Durable and versatile

Made from tough chemical resistant polyethylene

Galvanised steel or polyethylene grids

Euro-W without grid V114843

information box

For safe storage and dispensing of oils, acids and alkalis •

Hazardous Drum Storage

125.00

£

Euro-K with runner base

Euro-F with 4 x base feet

Polysafe Euro W Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Order

Price £

Euro-W Without grid

1230mm

830mm

320mm

230 litres

V114843

£125.00

Euro-W Galvanised grid

1230mm

830mm

320mm

230 litres

V114845

£152.00

Euro-W Polyethylene grid

1230mm

830mm

320mm

230 litres

V114847

£177.00

Polyethylene Drum Mount

475mm

620mm

390mm

n/a

V114904

£74.00

Polysafe Euro-W for placing small containers into Euro-W Polyethylene grid V114847

177.00

£

Polysafe Euro F/K Euro = 4 x base feet Euro K = runner base Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Order

Euro-F Without grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V110165

Price £ £132.00

Euro-F Galvanised grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V114851

£156.00

Euro-F Polyethylene grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V114853

£183.00

Euro-K Without grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V110164

£137.00

Euro-K Galvanised grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V114871

£162.00

Euro-K Polyethylene grid

1230mm

830mm

420mm

230 litres

V114874

£188.00

Polysafe Sumps and Pallets •

For 205 litre drums of acids and alkalis

Accommodates two or four drums

Galvanised steel or polyethylene grids

Polysafe Euro-W with Polyethylene grid and drum mount for 60ltr drum

PSW 2.4 Polyethylene grid V114808

218.00

£

Sumps Suitable for use on wooden pallets Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Order

PSW 2.2 Galvanised grid

1200mm

800mm

280mm

225 litres

V114790

Price £

PSW 2.2 Polyethylene grid

1200mm

800mm

280mm

225 litres

V114805

£228.00

PSW 2.4 Galvanised grid

1200mm

1200mm

210mm

235 litres

V114808

£218.00

PSW 2.4 Polyethylene grid

1200mm

1200mm

210mm

235 litres

V114820

£265.00

£197.00

PSP 2.4 Galvanised Grid V123671

269.00

£

Pallets Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Order

1200mm

800mm

350mm

225 litres

V114798

Price £

PSP 2.2 Polyethylene grid

1200mm

800mm

350mm

225 litres

V114801

£239.00

PSP 2.4 Galvanised grid

1200mm

1200mm

265mm

225 litres

V123671

£269.00

PSP 2.4 Polyethylene grid

1200mm

1200mm

265mm

225 litres

V114817

£299.00

£206.00

Pallets 4-inline Description

Length

Width

Depth

Capacity

Order

PSP2.4-R 4 drum on Galvanised Grid

2395mm

815mm

350mm

405 litres

V134862

Price £ £354.00

PSP2.4-R 4 drum on Polyethylene Grid

2395mm

815mm

350mm

405 litres

V134861

£417.00

PSP24-R Polyethelyene Grid V134861

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Description PSP 2.2 Galvanised grid

417.00

£

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

141


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

IBC Stations

IBC stations and pallets Store and use Bulk Product Containers safely • Designed specifically for use with 1000L containers •

For storage and dispensing

Galvanised and polythene grids

Suitable for potential water pollutants in accordance with British Environmental regulations

2000kg load capacity on each load space

Single stations can accommodate one IBC or four 205 litre drums

• Double stations can accommodate two IBCs or eight 205 litre drums

IBC Station R 1400D x 1830W x 755H V137015

554.00

£

Single Station with dispensing platform and Polyethylene grid. Dispensing platform with sloping surface ensures trouble free emptying of containers

Duo IBC Eco Sump V149461

697.00

£

IBC Pallet TCA painted with dispensing platform and splashguard

Station-Galvanised grid V114595

977.00

£ Plastic IBC Stations Description

O/A Size (H x W x Dmm)

Capacity

Order

IBC Station S Blue

H755mm x W1600mm x D1400mmmm

1100 litres

V136402

Price £ £537.00

IBC Station R Blue

H755mm x W1830mm x D1400mmmm

1100 litres

V136403

£554.00

IBC Station R Yellow

H755mm x W1830mm x D1400mmmm

1100 litres

V137015

£554.00

IBC Station S Yellow

H755mm x W1600mm x D1400mmmm

1100 litres

V137038

£537.00 £343.00

Platform

H750mm x W1150mm x D1350mmmm

-

V136140

Extension Tap

200mm x 50mm diameter

-

V117254

£36.00

Duo IBC Eco Sump

H720mm x W2280mm x D1430mmmm

1100 litres

V149461

£697.00

Single IBC Eco Sump

H970mm x W1430mm x D1430mmmm

1100 litres

V148303

£567.00

Galvanised IBC Stations Description

Length

Depth

Height

Order

TC-F Single

1350mm

1300mm

920mm

V114461

Price £ £796.00

TC-A Single

1350mm

1650mm

700mm

V114465

£737.00

TC-2F Double

2680mm

1300mm

485mm

V114468

£854.00

TC-2A Double

2680mm

1650mm

415mm

V114473

£1058.00

Painted IBC Stations Description

Length

Depth

Height

Capacity

Order

TC-F Single

1350mm

1300mm

920mm

1170 litres

V114587

142

£627.00

TC-A Single

1350mm

1650mm

700mm

1140 litres

V114591

£606.00

TC-2F Double

2680mm

1300mm

485mm

1225 litres

V114596

£789.00

TC-2A Double

2680mm

1600mm

415mm

1295 litres

V114600

£919.00

Accessories - Models TCF/TCA Price £

IBC Pallet TC2F galvanised with 2 x dispensing platforms

Price £

Accessories - Models TC2F/TC2A

Description

Order

Description

Order

Splashguard Galvanised

V114567

£225.00

Splashguard Galvanised

V114568

Price £ £205.00

Disp Platform Galvanised

V114569

£315.00

Disp Platform Galvanised

V114569

£315.00

Dispensing Tray

V114566

£37.50

Dispensing Tray

V114566

£37.50

V114566

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hazardous Drum Storage

PolySafe Depots The PolySafe Depots allow the safe storage of hazardous liquids such as acids, alkalis or oils. By the use of the variable shelving system a combined storage of small canisters and 205 litre drums is possible. Not suitable for flammable materials.

PSD type – outside use •

Manufactured from environmental friendly PE – resistant against acids and alkals

Two sizes available. Galvanized or PE-grid options

Integrated double-layered sump with 225 litres available

For 205 litre drums and small canisters using shelving system

Flat-packed for low costs, easy assembly in only 10-15 minutes

PolySafe Depot Type PSD14 Galv Grid V114729

695.00

£

PSD type – outside use V114722

Description

Order

PSD 14 Galv Grid

V114722

£643.00

PSD 14 PE Grid

V114727

£669.00

PSD 14 Galv Grid 1/2 Shelf

V114729

£695.00

PSD 14 Galv Grid Full Shelf

V114730

£699.00

PSD 23 Galv Grid

V114731

£798.00

PSD 23 PE Grid

V114734

£828.00

Half Width Shelf

V114910

£26.00

Full Width Shelf

V114911

£31.50

V114729

V114730

Price £

V114731

For internal and external use

Completely PE manufactured and therefore ideal to store acids and alkalis

Lockable, roller slide front closing door

Suitable for small canisters and vertical storage of 60 litre drums

Outside measurements W1520 x D1010 x H1700mm

Inside height 1250mm, sump capacity 225 litres

PSR type with galvanized grids As PolySafe Depot Type PSR with PE-Grids, but with galvanized grid for storing less aggressive liquids. •

Outside measurement W1520 x D1010 x H1700mm

Inside height 1250mm

Sump capacity 225 litres

Not suitable for flammable materials

V114773 Full Shelf, 200kg Load

V114781

V114784

V114778

PSR type with galvanized grids Description

Order

Price £

PE Grid & 2 x Shelf

V114773

£1114.00

PE Grid

V114781

£889.00

PE Grid & Shelf

V114783

£1013.00

Galv Grid & 2 x Shelf

V114784

£1088.00

Galv Grid

V114778

£883.00

Galv Grid & Shelf

V114774

£987.00

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

PSR type with PE-Grids

143


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hazardous Drum Storage

Steel Drum Cabinets

V114666

For substances hazardous to water The compact size of these drum cabinets provide the perfect solution to safe storage, where space is at a premium. The interior height is sufficient to allow use of pumps and funnels. •

Single or double

Lockable

Suitable for internal and external applications

Optional shelf available for storage of smaller containers

Galvanised and painted catchment sump

Delivered flat-pack for self assembly

V114668

V114670

V114672

Drum Cabinets External Dimensions Internal Dimensions

Description

WxDxH

WxDxH

Sump Capacity

Order

Price £

FS 8.8 for 1 x 205 Litre drum

940 x 740 x 1875mm

830 x 660 x 1440mm

235 litres

V114666

£548.00

FS 8.16 for 2 x 205 Litre drums

1770 x 740 x 1720mm

1660 x 660 x 1440mm

245 litres

V114668

£769.00

FS 8.16 with dividing shelf

1770 x 740 x 1720mm

1660 x 660 x 1440mm

245 litres

V114670

£832.00

FS 8.8 with dividing shelf

940 x 740 x 1875mm

830 x 660 x 1440mm

235 litres

V114672

£632.00

Shelf for above

830W x 660D

-

-

V114561

£62.00

HazMat Station For storing and transporting Water Hazardous Substances. •

Steel construction with glass fibre or painted steel hood

Finished with chemical resistant two-pack polyurethane paint

Range of optional shelves and racks

PolySafe Depot PSR 2 Drum Hazmat Station with shelving for 2 x 60L drums PE Galv Grid V114641

1283.00

£

Basic HazMat Stations Description

Order

Price £

2 Drum L1380 x D900mm Height Closed/Open 1515/2000mm glass fibre hood

V114633

£1114.00

2 Drum L1380 x D900mm Height Closed/Open 1515/2000mm painted steel hood

V114643

£1158.00

2 Drum L1380 x D900mm Height Closed/Open 1515/2000mm with shelving for 2 x 60ltr drums

V114641

£1283.00

4 Drum L1380 x D1340mm Height Closed/Open 1460/2000mm painted steel hood

V114660

£1565.00

4 Drum L1380 x D1340mm Height Closed/Open 1460/2000mm with shelving for 2 x 60ltr drums

V122727

£1567.00

Accessories

144

Description

Order

1x pair of shelf uprights

V114544

Price £

1x pair of shelf arms

V114545

£40.70

Shelf grid full width

V101114

£46.00

Shelf grid half width

V101115

£37.00

1x drum support

V114546

£12.20

£34.80

PolySafe Depot PSR 4 Drum Hazmat Station with painted steel hood V114660

1565.00

£

See our website for our latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Drum and IBC Storage

made in the UK

Vertical drum and general chemical storage Safe storage for chemicals, oils, extreme acids and alkalis

Drum Store 2000ltr V157818

8285.00

£

Drum Stores •

Sliding or winged doors

Optional insulation, heating or ventilation

Optional polythene sump liners for extreme chemicals

Drum Store 1000ltr V157805

5030.00

£ Drum/IBC Stores Nominal Capacity

Door Design

External Dimensions

Internal Dimensions

Storage Levels

Capacity on grids

Chemical pallet capacity

Order

1000 litres

Winged

3120W x 1450D x 2600Hmm

3000W x 1340D x 2290Hmm

1

1000 litres

Winged

3120W x 1450D x 3000Hmm

3000W x 1340D x 1275Hmm

2

-

2 pallets / 8 drums

V157802

£4296.00

-

4 pallets / 16 drums

V157805

£5030.00

2000 litres

Sliding

6240W x 1450D x 2600Hmm

3000W x 1340D x 2240Hmm

2000 litres

Sliding

6240W x 1450D x 3000Hmm

3000W x 1340D x 1250Hmm

1

-

4 pallets / 16 drums

V157815

£6317.00

2

-

8 pallets / 32 drums

V157818

2000 litres

Sliding

5000W x 1580D x 3500Hmm

2380W x 1340D x 2175Hmm

£8285.00

2

8 IBC's

-

V157876

£8200.00

Price £

2800 litres

Sliding

8040W x 1450D x 3000Hmm

3900W x 1340D x 1500Hmm

2

-

12 pallets / 48 drums

V157833

£10270.00

3000 litres

Sliding

7000W x 1450D x 3500Hmm

3380W x 1340D x 1500Hmm

2

12 IBC's

-

V157878

£10240.00

Note: Storage capacity is based on 205L drums on 1200 x 1200mm chemical pallets All units available in a double depth design. Details available on request

Module Containers •

For general storage of chemicals and oils

• Choice of side or end doors • Optional lighting, insulation, heating or ventilation • Optional Flammable Liquid Pack (spark-free ventilators and Explosion Zone lighting) • Optional racking

Module Container 1350ltr V115812

• Optional shelving

5099.00

£

Door Access

External Dimensions

300 litres

Side

2170W x 1000D x 2350Hmm

Galvanised Order V115729

Painted & Galvanised

Price £ £1719.00

Order

Price £

V115795

£1998.00 £3128.00

1000 litres

Side

3000W x 2180D x 2350Hmm

V115741

£2742.00

V115806

1350 litres

End

2800W x 4000D x 2350Hmm

V115745

£4327.00

V115810

£5068.00

1350 litres

Side

2800W x 4000D x 2350Hmm

V115747

£3258.00

V115812

£5099.00

2000 litres

End

2800W x 6000D x 2350Hmm

V115754

£6226.00

V115820

£7087.00

2000 litres

Side

2800W x 6000D x 2350Hmm

V115756

£6226.00

V115823

£7087.00

Module Container 2000ltr V115823

7087.00

£

Module Container Accessories Description

Size

Upright

Arm

Grid Size

Order

Shelving

1000W x 500Dmm

2

6

3 x 1000mm

V115774

£163.00

Shelving

2000W x 500Dmm

3

9

3 x 2000mm

V115776

£306.00

Ramp

-

-

-

-

V115786

£239.00

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Sump Capacity

Price £

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

145


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Emergency Spill Kits

Spill Station Everything to hand in one location, avoiding unnecessary down time when trying to locate spill control equipment. •

Powder coated in yellow for high visibility

Two part easy slot together stand, no tools required

Sturdy box steel welded construction

Adjustable feet

Sign Header printed 'SPILL STATION'

Features two shelves for absorbent socks and pads/spill kits

Reduces exposed hazard time

Safer working environment

Ensures maximum efficiency when dealing with an emergency spill

1890mm

COMES COMPLETE WITH 1 ECOSORB MAINTENANCE ROLL, 1 BOX OF PADS AND 1 BOX OF SOCKS.

Order

Size

Weight kg

Price £

VS0810

570 x 450 x 1890

11

£195.00

570mm

Ecosorb General Purpose and Oil Only Pads Environmentally friendly and absorbent offering high absorbency. Manufactured from 85% natural renewable resources, strong and durable they offer excellent value for money. Available in pads and rolls.

Order

Type

Contents

Size

Absorbs

Weight kg

VECP/GRM

General purpose

100

41 x 46cm

54 litres

5.5

Price £ £29.75

VECP/WHM

Oil only

100

41 x 46cm

90 litres

5.5

£30.55

VECP/GRM

VECP/WHM

Ecosorb General Purpose and Oil Only Rolls Order

Type

Contents

Size

Absorbs

Weight kg

VECR/GRM

General purpose

1 Roll

71cm x 46m

96 litres

9

Price £ £43.50

VECR/WHM

Oil only

1 Rolls

71cm x 46m

210 litres

9

£45.50

VECR/GRM

Oil Spill Kit 10 Litre

VRCP/WHM

General Purpose Spill Kit 9 Litre

Mini spill kit in convenient sealed bag.

Mini spill kit in convenient sealed bag.

Order VOK/M1

146

Contents

Pack Qty

5 Pads, 1 Cushion, 1 Disposal Bag 5 per box and Tie Absorbs 10 litres

Price £ £42.25

Order

Contents

Pack Qty

VGK/M1

5 pads, 1 Cushion, 1 Disposal Bag and Tie Absorbs 9 litres

5 per box

Price £ £46.75

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Emergency Spill Response Kits & Wheeled Units

made in the UK

Emergency Spill Response Kits & Wheeled Units General Purpose 38 litre Spill Kit

45 litre Oil Spill Kit

Waterproof zip top bag with detachable strap.

Waterproof zip top bag with detachable strap. Suitable for oils and other hydrocarbons

Order

Contents

Absorbs

Weight kg

Size

VGK2

20 Pads / 3 x 8cm x 1.2m Super Socks / 1 Large Cushion / PPE / 2 Disposal Bags & Ties

38 litres

4.5

42cm (h) x 49cm (w) x 21cm (d)

Price £

£44.85

Spill Kit Wheeled Unit Wheeled unit easily mobile. Everything to hand for the first responder.

Order

Contents

Absorbs

Weight kg

Size

VOK2

20 Pads / 3 x 8cm x 1.2m Socks / 1 Large Cushion / PPE / 2 Disposal Bags & Ties

45 litres

4.5kg

42cm (h) x 49cm (w) x 21cm (d)

Price £

£51.50

Oil Spill Kit Wheeled Unit Oil only spill kits are suitable for all Hydrocarbons including Petrol, Oil and Diesel ect.

Contents

Absorbs

Weight kg

Size

VGK6

50 Pads / 5 x 8cm x 1.2m Super Socks / 2 x 8cm x 3m Socks / 2 Medium Cushions / 1 Bag Isol8 / PPE / 4 Disposal Bags & Ties

110 litres

24.5

107cm (h) x 48cm (w) x 55.5cm (d)

VGK7

100 Pads / 10 x 8cm x 1.2m Super Socks / 1 Bag Isol8 4 x 8cm x 3m Super Socks / 4 Small Cushions / 3 Large Cushions / PPE / 6 Disposal Bags & Ties

Price £

£106.25

Order

VOK7 222 litres

40.5

107cm (h) x 58cm (w) x 74cm (d)

£212.00

VOK8

Chemical Spill Kit Wheeled Unit Quick response kit designed for chemical spills. Wheeled units have a large capacity and are easily mobile.

Order

Contents

Absorbs

Price £

VCK6

50 Pads / 5 x 8cm x 1.2m Socks / 1 x Isol8 / 2 x 8cm x 3m Socks / 2 x Medium Cusions / PPE / 4 Disposable Bags & Ties

141 litres

£137.95

Contents 50 Pads / 5 x 8cm x 1.2m Socks / 2 x 8cm x 3m Socks / 2 Medium Cushions / 1 Bag Isol8 / PPE / 4 Disposal Bags & Ties 100 Pads / 10 x 8cm x 1.2m Socks / 1 Bag Isol8 4 x 8cm x 3m Socks / 4 Small Cushions / 3 Large Cushions / PPE / 6 Disposal Bag & Ties

Absorbs

Weight kg Price £

141 litres

24.5

£130.75

222 litres

40.5

£246.00

Super Absorbent Maintenance Socks Strong tubular knitted structure allows for durability and expansion. Filled with a super absorbent polymer, that will absorb many times its own weight in fluid. Supplied in dispenser box.

Order

Contents

Size

Absorbs

VGSK12

20

8cm x 1.2m

110 litres

9

£38.50

VGSK30

8

8cm x 3m

110 litres

9

£38.50

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Order

Weight kg Price £

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website. STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

147


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Gas Cylinder Cages

Fully Lockable Hot-dip Galvanised Static Gas Cylinder Cages •

2 sizes

Designed for External use

Solid Frame construction

Description

HxWxD

Order

Price £

Cage suitable for storing 1 gas bottle pallet & 4 gas bottles or 2 x 3 rows of 4 gas 1. Without base

2270 x 1700 x 1860mm

V113516

£987.00

2. With base

2270 x 1700 x 1860mm

V115863

£1537.00

Cage suitable for storing 2 gas bottle pallets & 8 gas bottles or 4 x 3 rows of 4 gas

500mm Protruding Roof for added weather protection

Available with or without raised base

Suitable for storing Gas cylinder pallets

3. Without base

2270 x 3160 x 1860mm

V115861

£1663.00

4. With base

2270 x 3160 x 1860mm

V115864

£2244.00

information box Optional shelf and ramp units available PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS

3

2

Gas Cylinder Cage without Base V115861

1663.00

£ 4

1

Gas Cylinder Cage with Base V115864

2244.00

£

148

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hazardous Storage Cabinets

made in the UK

Hazardous Storage Cabinets Storage Cabinets for hazardous materials •

Strong welded 20swg steel construction

Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking with top and bottom, 2 keys

Pesticide/ chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build up.

Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump

Removable sump for convenient removal of spills

Powder coated Finish

Warning stickers

information box

Flammable Liquids Storage

Flammable Yellow

Size

Flammable Grey COSHH Light Grey

Acid White

Pesticides/ Chemical Red

HxWxD

No. of Shelves

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

457 x 457 x 457mm

1

VFB2

£124.00

VFB2G

£124.00

VCFB2

£124.00

VAFB2

£124.00

VPFB2

610 x 457 x 457mm

1

VFB4

£125.90

VFB4G

£125.90

VCFB4

£125.90

VAFB4

£125.90

712 x 355 x 305mm

2

VFB5

£145.20

VFB5G

£145.20

VCFB5

£145.20

VAFB5

915 x 457 x 457mm

1

VFB10

£154.60

VFB10G

£154.60

VCFB10

£154.60

VAFB10

712 x 915 x 457mm

1

VFB15

£218.45

VFB15G

£218.45

VCFB15

£218.45

915 x 915 x 457mm

1

VFB20

£233.80

VFB20G

£233.80

VCFB20

900 x 1200 x 500mm

1

VFB22

£348.50

VFB22G

£348.50

1220 x 915 x 457mm

2

VFB25

£275.20

VFB25G

£275.20

1525 x 915 x 457mm

3

VFB26

£304.20

VFB26G

1830 x 457 x 457mm

3

VFB29

£267.50

VFB29G

Pesticides/ Chemical Green Order

Price £

£124.00

VPFB2G

£124.00

VPFB4

£125.90

VPFB4G

£125.90

£145.20

VPFB5

£145.20

VPFB5G

£145.20

£154.60

VPFB10

£154.60

VPFB10G

£154.60

VAFB15

£218.45

VPFB15

£218.45

VPFB15G

£218.45

£233.80

VAFB20

£233.80

VPFB20

£233.80

VPFB20G

£233.80

VCFB22

£348.50

VAFB22

£348.50

VPFB22

£348.50

VPFB22G

£348.50

VCFB25

£275.20

VAFB25

£275.20

VPFB25

£275.20

VPFB25G

£275.20

£304.20

VCFB26

£304.20

VAFB26

£304.20

VPFB26

£304.20

VPFB26G

£304.20

£267.50

VCFB29

£267.50

VAFB29

£267.50

VPFB29

£267.50

VPFB29G

£267.50

1830 x 915 x 457mm

3

VFB30

£327.90

VFB30G

£327.90

VCFB30

£327.90

VAFB30

£327.90

VPFB30

£327.90

VPFB30G

£327.90

1800 x 1200 x 500mm

3

VFB40

£417.40

VFB40G

£417.40

VCFB40

£417.40

VAFB40

£417.40

VPFB40

£417.40

VPFB40G

£417.40

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

All Cabinets meet the requirements of the Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D). The Health and Safety Executive Guide HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4. The maximum volume of any flammable liquid with a flashpoint below 32°c that may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within a workroom is 50 litre (regardless of the total capacity of the storage cabinet).

149


PPE Cabinets/Flamable Storage

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PPE Cabinets •

Storage Cabinets for Personal Protective Equipment

Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994

Strong Welded 20swg steel construction

Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch

Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom with 2 keys

Powder coated Finish

Identification labelling

Extra Shelves

PPE Cabinets Height

Width

Depth

No. of Shelves

Order

Price £

915mm

457mm

457mm

1

VPPE10

£154.60

915mm

915mm

457mm

2

VPPE60

£234.65

1220mm

915mm

457mm

2

VPPE65

£257.30

1830mm

915mm

457mm

3

VPPE70

£322.30

1830mm

915mm

457mm

*

VPPE71

£379.70

Shelf Width

Shelf Depth

Order

457mm

457mm

VES1

Price £ £20.40

915mm

457mm

VES2

£24.50

* VPPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail

Flambox 442 Storage Vault/Cabinet

150

Substantial construction from 2mm and 3mm sheet steel

XLOCK™ The whole system operates with 1 key in 1 lock with 1 turn

Guaranteed key difference of 1:6000. 2 keys per box. Each box has its own individual number for optional replacement key service

Anti-jemmy bar fitting all round

Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility to fit optional wheels

Twin hydraulic arms fitted to lid

Removable shelf

Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads

Removable drip tray and louvred fume venting

Red powder coated paint finish

Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid

Covered power cable access point for charging tools in box

Description

Overall dimensions

Order

Price £

150kg

VS442FV

£712.86

1168mm

84kg

VS422FB

£398.57

-

2.5kg

VSWK

£128.57

Height

Width

Depth

Weight kg

Sentri 442 Flamvault

1275mm

600mm

643mm

Sentri 422 Flambox

630mm

600mm

150mm Heavy Duty Wheel Kit

-

-

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Salt/Grit Bins

made in the UK

Salt/ Grit Bins Practicality with good looks – ideal for use on highways or private premises

200 Litre Salt/Grit Bin 625H x 1200W x 540D VWHGB7

400 Litre Salt/Grit Bin 805H x 1200W x 775D VWHGB14

134.59

£

222.

07

Description

Capacity

O/A Size (H x W x Dmm)

Order

Price £

Small 7 cu ft

200L

652mm x 1200mm x 540mm

VWHGB7

£134.59

Large 14 cu ft

400L

805mm 1200mm x 775mm

VWHGB14

£222.07

* Suffix part number YW – Yellow, GN – Green

Load Capacity 200L 725H x 505W x 850L VGSB200/HOP

153.73

£

Load Capacity 200L 725H x 505W x 850L VGSB200

123.92

£

2 Sizes available

Available in yellow or green

Durable plastic rod hinge

Maintenance free

60% Nestable when not in use

Extremely strong – double skin lip and rim structure

Double skin perimeter lid for improved rigidity

Mini Salt/Grit Bin 100 Litre Capacity Plastic Salt/Grit Bin •

Ideal for small car parks, entrances etc

Stackable when not in use

Fully hinged lid

Load Capacity 100L 545H x 530W x 680L VGSB100

124.71

£

Plastic Salt/Grit Bins Ideal for use on highways or private premises Description

Capacity

O/A Size (H x W x Dmm)

Order

Price £

Salt bin

200L

725mm x 505mm x 850mm

VGSB200

£123.92

Salt bin with hopper feed

200L

725mm x 505mm x 850mm

VGSB200/HOP

£153.73

Salt bin

400L

900mm x 652mm x 1050mm

VGSB400

£194.51

Salt bin with hopper feed

400L

900mm x 652mm x 1050mm

VGSB400/HOP

£218.04

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

£

151


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Litter Bins

Outdoor Litter Bins Tough and practical designs made from UV stabilised medium density polyethylene that are easy to use, easy to empty with smooth easyclean finish and galvanised steel liners. All products are manufactured from polyethylene stabilised against the degrading effects of ultraviolet in sunlight. Super Monarch Bin Capacity - 85 Litres V80837-1

Super Monarch & Free Standing Monarch •

Ballast block included

Capacity 85 Litres

Open top unit available with or without decorative plinth

Available in Blue, Green, Red, Black or Yellow

Consort Bin Capacity - 100 Litres VWHCON84

167.89

204.46

£

£

Consort Bin •

Facility to ballast or bolt down

Capacity 100 Litres

Uses standard refuse sacks

Tamper resistant locking and removeable body for easy emptying

Available in Blue, Green, Red, Black or Yellow

Free standing Monarch Bin Capacity - 85 Litres V80836-5

149.35

£

Colours - Please suffix part number with: BK-Black, BG-Burgundy, W-White, R-Red, G-Green, B-Blue,N-Navy, GY-Grey or Y-Yellow.

Heavy Duty Litter / Catering Bins Available in Yellow, Green, Red, Blue, Black & Ivory, (Please specify when ordering) Please suffix: G-Green, Y-Yellow, R-Red, B-Blue, I-Ivory, BK-Black •

Standard litter bins in a range of colours

Holds standard 18in refuse sacks

Manufactured from UV stabilised polyethylene

Neatly conceals sack turnover

Hooded, swing or open top

Optional colour coded lid inserts and logos

Metro Hooded Bin •

Modern styling, high capacity and robustness all combined

Cavalier Swing Top L448 x W448 x H896 VWCAV100

142.39

£

Regent 30 & 50 Litre Open Top Bin

Heritage Round Hooded Bin

VMEHOD

Durable multi-purpose bin suitable for post or wall mounting

V85700-1

Regent Hooded Bin

Traditionally styled lockable • bin in a range of special colours

V85701-1

V81140-1

Traditional styling, multipurpose bin suitable for post or wall mounting

V1690-02

Price includes fixings but not post or banding

Price includes fixings but not post or banding

Description

Capacity

Diameter mm

Ballast

Colour Options

Order

Price £

Metro Hooded

100 Litres

547mm

1082mm

Height Locking Steel Liner YES

YES

YES

RD, GR,YW, BL, BK

VMEHOD

£201.88

Regent Open Top Small

30 Litres

390 x 235mm

490mm

YES

YES

N/A

RD, GR, YW, BL, BK

V85700-1

£90.23

Regent Open Top Large

50 Litres

430 x 290mm

605mm

YES

YES

N/A

RD, GR, YW, BL, BK

V85701-1

£107.28

Heritage Hooded

100 Litres

570mm

1072mm

YES

YES

YES

BK, GR, BG, N

V81140-1

£225.07

Regent Hooded

50 Litres

440mm

760mm

YES

NO

N/A

BK with white logo

V1690-02

£81.67

Colours - Please suffix part number with: BK-Black, BG-Burgundy, W-White, R-Red, G-Green, B-Blue,N-Navy, GY-Grey or Y-Yellow.

152

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Recycling Bins

made in the UK

Maxi Envirobins/Recycling Range •

Designed for internal or controlled external recycling locations

Recycling and waste collection points can be installed in single or multiple locations

Double skin moulding for exceptional strength

Sack retention hoop system

WRAP compliant colour coded aperture panel and graphics available as standard

Available with or without lock

Integral Ballast

Ground fixing option

Size: 1164H x 500W x 615D mm Description

Order

Price £

Aluminium Can Maxi Envirobin

V81692/21/G2/62

£303.85

General Waste Maxi Envirobin

V81692/1/G2/04

£295.00

General Waste Maxi Evirobin with Metal Flap

V81692/3/G2/04

£320.00

Paper Maxi Envirobin

V81692/41/G2/11

£303.85

Plastic Bottle Maxi Envirobin

V81692/21/G2/81

£303.85

Confidential Paper Unit

140 Litre Maxi Envirobins are matching colour coded recycling bins which allow higher volumes of waste to be collected in areas of high usage

Split Envirobin Please specify which two waste streams are required for this bin •

Capacity: 2 x 50 litres

Central divide for separation

Capacity: 100 litres

Confidential paper unit with key lock

Separate refuse sack applications

Simple refuse sack application

Choose from a range of standard colours Split Envirobin L448 x W448 x H807 V81155-SPLIT

174.00

£

Confidential paper unit with lock L448 x W448 x H807 V81155-1022

156.00

£

Mini Envirobin Recycling Range At 57 Litre capacity, these new slimline units are designed for the smaller office or end of desk application- sack retaining feature for secure and discreet fitting of a standard refuse sack. Capacity O/A Size (H x W x Dmm) Lid Colour

Order

Price £

57 litres

H660 x W302 x D523mm

White

V81691-21-04

£100.94

Paper products bin

57 litres

H660 x W302 x D523mm

Blue

V81691-1-11

£100.94

Drinks can bin

57 litres

H660 x W302 x D523mm

Grey

V81691-11-62

£100.94

Plastic bottles bin

57 litres

H660 x W302 x D523mm

Red

V81691-11-81

£100.94

Confidential Paper bin

57 litres

H660 x W302 x D523mm

Blue

V81691-2-11

£113.30

Midi Envirobin Recycling Range A taller version of the 55-litre product, the new slim-line 82-litre capacity unit offers the same lid aperture options. Stylish looks are designed to complement the modern office environment.

Description

Order

Paper products bin

V81720-1-11

£123.00

Price £

Drinks can bin

V81720-11-62

£123.00

Plastic bottle bin

V81720-11-81

£123.00

General waste bin

V81720-21-04

£123.00

Confidential paper bin

V81720-2-11

£123.00

Midi Unit with lift lid

V81720-40

£135.00

Envirobin 100 Midi Envirobins are fantastic for medium to large offices- suitable for large amount of office recycling •

Capacity: 100 litres

External dimensions: L448 x W448 x H807mm Description

Lid Colour

Order

Price £

Drinks can Midi Envirobin 100

Grey

VCENV100

£143.00

Plastic bottle Midi Envirobin 100

Red

VBENV100

£143.00

Paper products Midi Envirobin 100

Blue

VPENV100

£143.00

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental

Description General Waste bin

153


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Outdoor Litterbins

Wheelie bins Available in a range of sizes from 80L to 360L •

Tough and durable bins made from UV stabilised polyethylene for longer life

Conform to relevant, RAL, DIN, AFNOR and draft CEN standards

Choice of sizes and colours to suit your needs

information box

From only VWB80

Care should be taken not to order a bin which may be too large to use in confined spaces, or go through doorways! Check before you order.

47.06

£

Capacity

Height

Width

Depth

Order

1-10

80 Litres

930mm

445mm

525mm

VWB80

£47.06

10+ £43.92

120 Litres

930mm

480mm

555mm

VWB120

£50.98

£47.06

140 Litres

1070mm

480mm

555mm

VWB140

£56.47

£52.55

240 Litres

1070mm

580mm

740mm

VWB240

£59.61

£54.90

360 Litres

1070mm

620mm

860mm

VWB360

£120.78

£112.78

Please specify colour when ordering. Please add GR - Grey, BL - Blue, RD - Red, YE - Yellow and GN - Green to the end of the code. ** Please note that the 140 litre model is not available in Yellow.

4 wheeled large capacity bins •

Tough and durable bins made from UV stabilised polyethylene for longer life

Available in a wide choice of size and colour 1-6

4 Wheeled Large Capacity Bin 660 litres VWHW660

Capacity

Height

Width

Depth

Order

660 Litres

1200mm

1350mm

770mm

VWHW660

£309.02

£288.63

6+

1100 Litres

1450mm

1400mm

1200mm

VWHW1100

£381.18

£365.49

309.02

£

Please specify colour when ordering. Please add GR - Grey, BL - Blue, YE - Yellow and GN - Green to the end of the code. 4 Wheeled Large Capacity Bin 1100 litres VWHW1100

381.18

£

154

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

steps, ladders & access products Page

kick & folding steps

mobile steps

step ladders

combination & extension ladders

medium duty mobile access steps

heavy duty mobile access steps

platforms & combination ladders

156 157 159 161 162 163 164

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Kick Steps

Kick Steps

Plastic Kick Steps

Glide freely, stop securely These handy steps move easily on spring loaded castors. When you stand on them the castors retract and the non-slip base stays firmly in place. •

Free-running spring-loaded castors

Base with non-slip edging

Scratch/rust-proof plastic version

Metal version in choice of five colours

Metal Kick Steps Please state colour at time of ordering. Suffix code GR for Grey, BL for Blue, RD for Red, BK for Black or GN for Green.

Available in five colours

Plastic Kick Step - 440mm Base x 300mm Top x 430mm High VKA007Z

40.36

£

Metal Kick Step - 410mm Base x 280mm Top x 415mm High VKA004Z

44.03

£

Chrome Stepstools

Painted Steel Stepstools •

Doubles as a step or a stool

Clean to handle painted finish

Large rubber matted treads (V23102 & V23123)

Folds flat for easy storage

Painted steel structure

Doubles as a step or a stool

Clean to handle chrome finish

Large rubber matted treads

Folds flat for easy storage

Contoured back support for added comfort when sitting (V22042)

High handrail for added support and stability (V22043)

V23123 V22042

156

V22043

V23102

V13712 Description

No. of Treads

Top Tread Weight kg Height

Handy Step

2

0.45m

4.2kg

V13712

£41.06

2 Step

2

0.47m

5kg

V23123

£46.39

Step and Stool

2

0.47m

6kg

V23102

£52.05

Order

Price £

Description

No. of Treads

Top Tread Weight kg Height

Chrome 2 Stepstool

2

0.47m

Chrome 3 Stepstool

3

0.72m

Order

Price £

5kg

V22042

£53.16

8kg

V22043

£64.25

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steps

made in the UK

Handy Two-steps

Two-steps without grab rail

A choice of three styles, all with easy-running 50mm castors. When you stand on the steps, the castors spring into their housings, and the non-slip housing base grips the floor for rock-solid stability. •

Ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads

Durable powder coat finish

Available in Blue, Grey or Red. Please specify at time of ordering using the product code suffix BL for Blue, GR for Grey or RD for Red.

Description

Tread finish

Order

Price £

Single sided Two-step

Rubber

VRST1

£123.25

Single sided Two-step

Anti-slip

VRST1AS

£124.65

Two-steps with grab rail

2 step - no handrail H610 x L540 x W530mm VRST1

Description

Tread finish

Order

Price £

Single sided Two-step with grab rail

Rubber

VRST1H

£136.90

Single sided Two-step with grab rail

Anti-slip

VRST1HAS

£138.30

Single sided - 2 step H1185 x L545 x W535mm VRST1H

123.25

136.90

£

£

Wheelalong Steps Handy steps with built-in wheels •

Choice of rubber or anti-slip tread finish

Available in Blue, Grey or Red. Please specify at time of ordering using the product code suffix BL for Blue, GR for Grey or RD for Red.

Wheelalong - 3 step H1310 x W455 x D805mm VPAS3

Wheelalong - 2 step H1025 x W455 x D605mm VPAS2

118.40

96.95

£

£

Anti-slip tread option VPAS3AS

Anti-slip tread option VPAS2AS

120.50

98.40

£

Sturdy two, three, four, and five step range

£

Description

Order

Two Step with rubber tread

VDFS2

Platform Height 508mm

£148.65

Price £

When working out the height you need, remember a maximum working height from the top of the platform is 1500mm.

Two Step with anti-slip tread

VDFS2AS

508mm

£151.50

Three Step with rubber tread

VDFS3

762mm

£195.95

Retracting spring mounted castors

Three Step with anti-slip tread

VDFS3AS

762mm

£199.85

Non-slip housing bases

Four Step with rubber tread

VDFS4

1016mm

£238.70

Durable powder coat finish

Four Step with anti-slip tread

VDFS4AS

1016mm

£243.70

Choice of blue, red, grey, yellow, white, green and orange

Five Step with rubber tread

VDFS5

1270mm

£289.40

Five Step with anti-slip tread

VDFS5AS

1270mm

£295.80

5 Step Mobile H1935 x L1225 x W550mm VDFS5

4 Step Mobile H1680 x L1005 x W550mm VDFS4 3 Step Mobile H1430 x L790 x W550mm VDFS3

195.95

£

289.40

£

238.70

£

2 Step Mobile H1175 x L650 x W550mm VDFS2

148.65

Steps, Ladders & Access Products

£

Please specify colour at time of ordering

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

157


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mobile Steps

Mobile Steps •

2 to 5 step versions

Wrap around handrail

Easy to move – firm when in use

Easy glide sprung castors with domed floor covers to give firm and stable floor contact when weight is applied to step

3, 4 and 5 step versions also available in stainless steel for “clean” environments

All steps come with 4 x 50mm sprung loaded castors

5 Step Mobile H1940 x L1120 x W580mm VS013

253.80

£

4 Step Mobile H1683 x L955 x W580mm VS011

221.65

£

3 Step Mobile H1425 x L795 x W580mm VS009

197.95

£

2 Step Mobile H1185 x L795 x W580mm VS005

157.10

£

Description

Order

Price £

Two step with rubber tread

VS005

£157.10

Two step with anti-slip tread

VS006

£159.95

Three step with rubber tread

VS009

£197.95

Three step with anti-slip tread

VS010

£201.90

Four step with rubber tread

VS011

£221.65

Four step with anti-slip tread

VS012

£226.60

Five step with rubber tread

VS013

£253.80

Five step with anti-slip tread

VS014

£260.20

Please suffix the product code for your choice of colour at time of ordering.

information box 2 Average working height Platform Height Platform Width Platform Depth Overall height Overall width Overall depth Weight kg

Treads (inc. platform) 3 4

5

2.00m

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

508mm

762mm

1016mm

1270mm

380mm

380mm

380mm

380mm

280mm

280mm

280mm

280mm

1185mm

1425mm

1683mm

1940mm

580mm

580mm

580mm

580mm

540mm

795mm

955mm

1120mm

11kg

14kg

17kg

20kg

BL for Blue, RD for Red, GN for Green or YE for Yellow.

158

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steps

made in the UK

Blue Seal Aluminium Stepladders •

Extra large standing platform 50% greater than standard stepladders

Strong, deep treads for comfort and security

Twin safety handrails

High support rail and handy work tray

Platform to support rail height 0.75cm 2-7 tread

Platform to support rail height 0.67m 8 tread only

Work tray

Platform Height No. of Treads

Weight kg

Order

Price £

0.35m

2

4.25kg

V10502

£72.07

0.58m

3

5kg

V10503

£76.79

0.8m

4

5.75kg

V10504

£82.69

1.03m

5

6.5kg

V10505

£93.32

1.25m

6

7.5kg

V10506

£109.25

1.48m

7

9kg

V10507

£127.54

1.79m

8

9.7kg

V10408 *

£170.02

* 8 Tread complies to Safety Standard BS 2037 Class 1, 130kg (20.4st)

Promaster Platform Shop Steps •

Heavy duty aluminium

Platform stepladders

Large non-slip feet

Handrails for added safety

Platform Height No. of Treads Weight kg

Order

V11812

Price £

1.04m

5

7.6kg

V11805

£129.22

1.27m

6

8.5kg

V11806

£149.11

1.73m

8

10.3kg

V11808

£170.43

2.19m

10

13.0kg

V11810

£183.76

2.66m

12

14.8kg

V11812

£202.81

Wide range of heights available: choose from three to eight treads

Secure non-slip treads

High safety support rail

Platform to support rail height 0.60m

Also available with tool tray

Tool tray

Platform Height No. of Treads Weight kg

Order

Price £

0.58m

3

2.9kg

V60003

£50.14

0.8m

4

3.4kg

V60004

£54.81

1.03m

5

3.9kg

V60005

£59.61

1.25m

6

4.6kg

V60006

£65.24

1.48m

7

6kg

V60007

£73.29

1.75m

8

7.2kg

V60008

£90.27

V60005

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Steps, Ladders & Access Products

Promaster Aluminium Stepladders

159


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steps

Promaster Builder's Stepladder •

Heavy duty aluminium

Swingback stepladder

Large non-slip feet

Top Tread Height

Order

Price £

0.8m

No. of Treads Weight kg 4

4kg

V60104

£82.95

1.04m

5

4.7kg

V60105

£89.04

1.27m

6

5.5kg

V60106

£94.74

1.73m

8

7kg

V60108

£105.55

2.19m

10

8.7kg

V60110

£127.60

2.66m

12

11kg

V60112

£147.47

3.12m

14

12.8kg

V60114

£176.60

V60106

Promaster Platform Stepladder •

Heavy duty aluminium

Swingback stepladder

Large non-slip feet

Platform Height

No. of Treads Weight kg

Order

Price £

0.8m

4

5.8kg

V60204

£97.16

1.04m

5

6.5kg

V60205

£104.19

1.27m

6

7.3kg

V60206

£109.84

1.73m

8

9kg

V60208

£129.32

2.19m

10

11.3kg

V60210

£158.93

2.66m

12

13.1kg

V60212

£184.37

V60206

Promaster 3 Way Combination Ladder •

Combines a stepladder, extension ladder and a stairwell ladder all in one product

Unique sliding mechanism for easy conversion to all three ways

Wide splayed base and heavy duty feet for stability and grip

Non-slip rungs for comfort and security

Stepladder Top Extension Rung Height Ladder Length 1.56m

160

2.74m

Weight kg

Order

Price £

7.2kg

V68006

£92.32

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Extension Ladders

Blue Seal 3 Way Combination Ladder •

Combines a stepladder, extension ladder and a stairwell ladder all in one product

Unique sliding mechanism for easy conversion to all three ways

Strong work tray usable in all modes, for loads up to 12kg

Wide splayed base and heavy duty feet for stability and grip

Non-slip rungs for comfort and security

Strong work tray for loads up to 12kg Stepladder Top Extension Rung Height Ladder Length 1.56m

2.74m

Weight kg

Order

Price £

7.4kg

V28026

£93.96

Promaster Box Section Double Extension Ladder

V65030

Heavy duty extension ladders

Box section stiles for strength and rigidity at any height

Non-slip ‘D’ shaped rungs

Non-slip feet

Closed Length

Open Length

Weight kg

Order

1.85m

2.95m

8.3kg

V65018

Price £ £89.49

2.41m

4.07m

10.46kg

V65024

£104.30

2.97m

5.19m

12.62kg

V65030

£119.14

3.53m

6.31m

14.79kg

V65035

£149.63

4.09m

7.43m

18.29kg

V65041

£165.51

4.37m

7.7m

19.45kg

V65044

£185.12

4.93m

8.82m

23.18kg

V65049

£214.14

5.49m

9.94m

28.11kg

V65055

£233.14

Heavy duty extension ladders

Box section for strength and rigidity at any height

Non-slip 'D' shaped rungs

Non-slip feet

Sections x Rungs

Closed Length

Open Length

Weight kg

Order

3x6

1.85m

4.04m

13.17kg

V65118

Price £ £120.92

3x8

2.41m

5.72m

16.50kg

V65124

£143.91

3 x 10

2.97m

6.84m

19.67kg

V65130

£198.95

3 x 12

3.53m

8.52m

26.37kg

V65135

£238.24

3 x 14

4.09m

10.20m

32.89kg

V65141

£267.51

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Steps, Ladders & Access Products

Promaster Box Section Triple Extension Ladder

161


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mobile Steps

Medium Duty Mobile Access Steps Designed to be used by one person •

Three, four and five step versions

Strongly made from welded tubular steel

Castors for easy moving

Under load, castors retract so rubber feet contact floor

Maximum working height from top of platform is 1500mm Platform Height: 685mm

Platform Height: 915mm

Platform Height: 1145mm

Platform Width: 560mm

Platform Width: 560mm

Platform Width: 560mm

Platform Depth: 340mm

Platform Depth: 340mm

Platform Depth: 340mm

O/all height: 1525mm

O/all height: 1755mm

O/all height: 1985mm

O/all W x D: 640 x 695mm

O/all W x D: 640 x 850mm

O/all W x D: 640 x 1000mm

Weight: 24kg

Weight: 28kg

Weight: 32kg

4 Sprung Loaded Castors

4 Sprung Loaded Castors

4 Sprung Loaded Castors

Average working height 2.21m

Average working height 2.44m

Average working height 2.65m

3 Tread Access Steps Medium Duty/Rubber Tread VS3660R

4 Tread Access Steps Medium Duty/Rubber Tread VS4660R

5 Tread Access Steps Medium Duty/Rubber Tread VS5660R

274.40

237.40

309.30

£

£

£

information box Rubber / Anti-slip

162

Aluminium / Punched

No. of Steps

Rubber Tread

Anti-slip Tread

Order

Price £

Order

Price £

Aluminium Tread Order

Price £

Punched Tread Order

3

VS3660R

£237.40

VS3660AS

£243.40

VS3660AL

£264.10

VS3660PT

£237.40

4

VS4660R

£274.40

VS4660AS

£281.50

VS4660AL

£309.20

VS4660PT

£274.40

5

VS5660R

£309.30

VS5660AS

£317.90

VS5660AL

£352.25

VS5660PT

£309.30

Price £

When working out the height you need, remember a maximum working height from the top of the platform is 1500mm.

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Heavy Duty Mobile Access Steps

made in the UK

Heavy Duty Mobile Access Steps Built for years of heavy work •

Large outboard rear wheels with rubber tyres 200mm diameter

Retracting front castors with positive position locking - Leverlock system

Choose from five to fourteen steps

Four tread options – rubber, anti-slip, punched or aluminium

Manufactured to order

Top Gate • Available on all models • Secured by spring mounted bolt • Allow access from platform to mezzanine floors/vehicles etc. • Platform increases by 380mm 5-9 steps • Platform increases by 300mm 10-14 steps

Top Gate VASTG

Locking lever to retract the front castors . . .

89

£

.70

Four Tread Options:

Rubber /Anti-slip

8 Tread Aluminium Access Step 2 x 100mm & 2 x 200mm castors VLL856AL

Aluminium / Punched

611.45

£

Rubber Tread

Anti-slip Tread

No. of Steps

Order

Order

5

VLL556R

£405.65

VLL556AS

£411.65

VLL556AL

£429.25

VLL556PT

£405.65

6

VLL656R

£455.45

VLL656AS

£462.30

VLL656AL

£484.45

VLL656PT

£455.45

Price £

Price £

Aluminium Tread Order

Price £

Punched Tread Order

Price £

7

VLL756R

£515.60

VLL756AS

£523.45

VLL756AL

£550.00

VLL756PT

£515.60

8

VLL856R

£571.45

VLL856AS

£580.00

VLL856AL

£611.45

VLL856PT

£571.45

9

VLL956R

£634.60

VLL956AS

£643.90

VLL956AL

£676.00

VLL956PT

£634.60

10

VLL1056R

£744.70

VLL1056AS

£755.00

VLL1056AL

£795.00

VLL1056PT

£744.70

11

VLL1156R

£817.20

VLL1156AS

£830.00

VLL1156AL

£885.70

VLL1156PT

£817.20

12

VLL1256R

£912.20

VLL1256AS

£925.00

VLL1256AL

£983.60

VLL1256PT

£912.20

13

VLL1356R

£1012.20

VLL1356AS

£1027.90

VLL1356AL

£1095.00

VLL1356PT

£1012.20

14

VLL1456R

£1104.30

VLL1456AS

£1115.70

VLL1456AL

£1179.30

VLL1456PT

£1104.30

7 Tread Aluminium Access Steps VLL756AL

550.00

£

No. of Treads (inc. platform)

Average working height

Platform Height

5

2750mm

1250mm

2165mm x 850mm x 1230mm

6

3000mm

1500mm

2415mm x 850mm x 1410mm

7

3250mm

1750mm

2665mm x 850mm x 1580mm

8

3500mm

2000mm

2915mm x 850mm x 1760mm

9

3750mm

2250mm

3165mm x 850mm x 1940mm

10

4000mm

2500mm

3415mm x 1000mm x 2200mm

11

4250mm

2750mm

3665mm x 1000mm x 2380mm

12

4500mm

3000mm

3915mm x 1000mm x 2560mm

13

4750mm

3250mm

4165mm x 1250mm x 2740mm

14

5000mm

3500mm

4415mm x 1250mm x 2920mm

O/A Size (H x W x Dmm) *

Steps, Ladders & Access Products

Heavy Duty Specifications

* Top Gate adds 300 or 380mm to overall depth

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

163


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Platforms & Combination Ladders

5 Way Combination Ladder & Platform •

Combines a stepladder, extension ladder, stairwell ladder, level platform and a stair platform all in one product

Quick to set up and easy to use

Large non-slip platform

Rigid construction with wide base stabiliser

Stepladder Top Rung Height

Extension Ladder Length

Maximum Platform Height

Platform Size

Weight kg

Order

Price £

1.56m

2.74m

1.2m

L1.2m x W0.32m

12.9kg

V21055

£172.22

Multi-purpose Combination Ladder with Platform •

Compact folded dimension for easy transportation and storage

Removable, non-slip work platform

Stabiliser bar for extra stability

Simple ‘Click-Lock’ hinge system

Suitable for a wide variety of uses

Stepladder Top Extension Height Platform Height Weight kg Rung Height 1.75m

3.6m

0.96m

14kg

Order

Price £

V25044

£151.17

Handy & Maxi Work Platforms •

Simple and safe to use with locking hinges for added satety

Wide and deep non slip platform

Perfect for all odd jobs

Compact folded dimensions

Lightweight and easy to transport

Platform Height Platform Length

164

Platform Width

Weight kg

Order

Price £

0.5m

0.99m

0.36m

4.9kg

V29002

£70.44

0.5m

0.69m

0.3m

4.1kg

V29011

£43.74

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

projects Page

APEX pallet racking

META shelving

mesh screens, shelves & partitioning

office partitioning

suspended ceilings & lighting

mezzanine floors

166 168 169 170 171 172

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

APEX Pallet Racking

APEX Pallet Racking •

Design

Manufacture

Installation

Wide Aisle Racking •

Good use of cube and floor space

Suitable for counter balance or reach trucks

Allows quick throughput

Individual accessibility is excellent

Stock rotation is good

Very Narrow Aisle Racking •

Extremely good use of cube and floor space

Narrow aisles to suit specialist very narrow aisle trucks

Floor guidance required within aisles

Individual accessibility is excellent

Stock rotation is good

High Bay Racking •

Excellent use of cube and floor space. Although aisles are only marginally narrower than for a VNA truck, stacking heights can be increased by up to a further 100%

Aisles to suit automated or semi-automated stacker cranes

Floor and top guidance are required

Individual accessibility is excellent

Stock rotation is good

information box Please call us to discuss your storage and handling requirements. Our trained advisers are always ready to help.

166

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Pallet Racking

Push Back Racking •

The use of cubic and floor space is excellent

Can be one of the most effective types of racking system

Accessible using most types of truck

Stock rotation is based upon 'first-in' - 'last-out' principle

Stock rotation is based on a dedicated lane for each product - ideal for load marshalling

Pallet Live Racking •

The densest form of storage with guaranteed stock rotation

Accessible using most types of truck

Separate aisles for input and output operations

Stock rotation operates on a 'first-in' - 'first-out' principle

Multi Tier Racking Additional floor levels provide enhanced cubic capacity

Floors can be designed for pallet trucks

Each floor usually provides access to all storage locations

Stock rotation will depend upon the storage application

Projects

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

167


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

META Shelving

META Shelving - the total storage solution Single Tier Shelving •

Brace free for flexible access

Boltless construction

Flexible and adaptable

Extendable to multi-tier

Multi-Tier Shelving •

Two, three or four tier configurations

Floors supported by shelving

Range of flooring types

Staircases and safety features

Automotive Parts Storage •

Specifically designed automotive accessories

Efficiently organised inventory

Protection for high value stock items

Versatile and adaptable for future change

information box Please call us now to discuss your storage and handling requirements. Our trained advisers are always ready to help.

168

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Mesh Screens, Shelves & Partitioning

Anti-Collapse Mesh Pallet Rack Safety Screens These anti-collapse panels fit any new or existing racking system, which are attached using sturdy universal brackets. These stand off the racking to allow space for projecting items.

Please call one of our trained advisers to discuss your requirements.

Mesh Shelves Mesh Shelves are easy to fit, remove and reposition. They simply locate between the racking beams and are held in place by their own weight and angle sections at the edges. •

Don’t accumulate dust

Excellent natural ventilation

Recommended by fire authorities for use with sprinkler systems

Cost effective drop over mesh shelving also avail able

Please call one of our trained advisers to discuss your requirements.

Welded Mesh Partitioning Modular industrial mesh partitioning is easy to install and is powder coated for long life. The sturdy mesh panels can be hot dip galvanised for use in cold rooms and outdoors.

information box Call our trained advisers for answers to all your questions. We can survey your site, prepare detailed design drawings and manage installation.

Projects

Please call one of our trained advisers to discuss your requirements.

We’re here to help.

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

169


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Office Partitioning

Office Partitioning This leading brand of high quality partitioning products is available through Storage Direct

Scion

Wall Store

Combines the visual appeal and luxurious finish of natural wood with the flexibility and performance of a contemporary partition system.

A simple but very effective concept provides compact and streamlined storage which can be used as both free standing room dividers or as partition walls for cellular offices.

Ovation

Operable Walls

State-of-the-art design. This system’s styling provides gently radiused upright posts and door frames with a choice of recessed or flush skirting.

Quality engineered, moveable partitions that provide effective space management.

Vitrage By combining function with the clear, aesthetic benefits of silicone glazing Vitrage provides an office divide that allows unhindered vision while still maintaining the privacy of individual offices.

Fire & Sound Highly versatile and re-locatable. Designed for use in both general office and light industrial areas this system is constructed from steel, aluminium and plastic profiles.

Flexplus

Washroom A range of products that offer a solution to all washroom designs, which includes toilet cubicles, vanity units, panelling and duct systems. Designed for speedy and easy installation, all washroom products are supplied ready for immediate fitting and also come complete with all necessary fixtures and fittings.

Accessories To complement our partition systems we offer glass, venetian blinds, Tenon ironmongery and applied manifestation/film as part of the portfolio.

A cost effective and versatile system; for use in office environments where a simple, practical office divide is required. The system is fully demountable and re-locatable.

170

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED made in the UK

Suspended Ceilings and Lighting

Suspended Ceilings and Lighting Ceiling systems and luminaires that provide a solution for all commercial interior projects A comprehensive range of suspended ceiling tiles, grid and ancillary products is now available through Storage Direct. All of the well-known brands from industry leading manufacturers are available including Armstrong, Burgess, Danoline, Ecophon, OWA, Rockfon, SAS and USG.

Solutions to meet demanding performance briefs are available including HTM60 for health care buildings and BB93, acoustic design for educational establishments, backed up by extensive testing by leading manufacturers. Access panels, fire barriers, acoustic insulation and fixings complete the portfolio, providing a complete system offer for all type and scale of projects.

High Quality Lighting Comprehensive Choice Ceiling systems are available in all configuration formats and material types including:

System Formats

Material Types

• Exposed Tee

• Mineral fibre

• Concealed Zed

• Glass fibre

• Spring Tee

• Gypsum

• Plank

• Metal

The ceiling systems are complemented by an extensive selection of light fittings, which includes recessed and surface luminaires, downlights, uplighters and the latest easy to install, time saving “plug & go” luminaires. Energy saving and emergency lighting options are available, as well as louvres and carefully designed optics to satisfy the requirements of the latest LG3/LG7 guidance and BSEN 12464 standard.

• Clip In

Projects

• Modular Pan

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

171


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mezzanine Floors

Mezzanine Floors By making the most effiective use of space you already have, we can help your business operate as efficiently as possible and combat the rising costs of rent, rates and even relocating. •

igh specification, low cost solution H to your space problem

Quality and attention to detail

arious mezzanine floor system V options available depending on application and site requirements

information box Please call one of our trained advisers to discuss your requirements.

Below is just one example of the type of mezzanine systems we can offer Floor Decking

Edge Protection System

Moisture resistant particle board as standard.

Powder coated hand and knee rail, oval powder coated toe plate.

Fire Wall Enclosed means of escape.

Main Beams

Staircase

Hot rolled universal beams (grade 43).

Fully welded rolled hollow section.

Secondary Joists Cold formed inward lipped channels to BS EN 10147 grade S350 GD+Z.

172

Columns Hot rolled square steel section finished in one coat Graphite Grey

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

A

Absorbent spill mats, pillows, snakes Adjustable Height Workbench Adjustable Pallet Racking Aisle Marker Aluminium Stepladders Anti Collapse Mesh APEX Longspan Shelving APEX Pallet Racking

146 - 147 112 42 - 45 56 159-161 169 33 – 37 42 - 45

Index

Chemical Spill Kit 147 Chipboard Shelving 19 , 33 - 34 , 36 - 37 Chrome Wire Shelving 38 – 40 Circular Drum Dolly 88 Clean & Dirty Lockers 61 Clearview Linbins 6 Collapsible Pallet Boxes 76 Coloured Linbins 4–5 Combination & Extension Ladders 160 - 161, 164 Confidential paper unit 153 Container Trolleys 80 - 82 Container Trucks 83 Containers 1-13,70-74, 78 COSHH Cabinets 149 Counting Scales 57,58 Cupboards 62 - 65, 115 - 117, 126 - 127 D

Data Vaults

APEX Pallet Racking Kits APEX Pallet Racking Projects APR Archive Shelving Attached Lid Security Containers Automotive Parts Storage

129

44-45 166 – 167 42 - 45 20, 37 73 168

B Bar & Sheet Storage 47 Barriers 48-52 Basic Workbench and Accessories 106, 108 Beam Locks 43 Benches 19, 106 - 113 Body Fluid Disposal Kit 137 Bollard & Column Protection 50,52 Boltless Shelving 18 - 39 Bottle skips 83 Burns Kit 136

Desk Pedestals Desking Desktop Label Printers Document & Office storage Dollies Drawer Cabinets Drum & Chemical Storage Drum Handling

123, 125 122 - 125 130 - 131 126 - 127 72,74, 84 114 - 115 140 - 145 88

E Emergency Medical Kit

136 - 139

Emergency Spill Response Kits Engineer’s Bench Engineer’s Cabinets Euro Container Box Carts Euro Container Shelving Euro Container Trolleys Euro Stacking Containers Extension Ladder Eye Wash/Station

146-147 111 , 113 115 - 116 80 - 82 72 80 - 82 70 -71 161 137

C

Cabinets 62 - 68, 115-117, 126-127 Cages, collapsible 40, 77 Cantilever Racking 46 Cantilever Workbenches 108, 112 Chairs 132-134

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Index

173


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Index

F

Industrial Matting and Flooring 118-119 Industrial Trolleys 97-102 Filing Cabinets 126 Ingredients Dispensing Units 78 Fire Resistant Storage 150 Ingredients Storage & Handling 78 First Aid Kits and Cabinets 136-139 Flammable Storage Cabinets/Vaults 150 K Floor Labels 56 Floor Protection Matting Key Cabinets 128 118-119 Floor Scales Kick Steps 156 58 Foil Blanket 138 Foldable Container 76 Folding Steps 156 Folding Trolleys 84, 102 Free Standing Louvre Panels 11

G

Gas Cylinder Storage Grey Linbins Grit Bins

148 7 151

L Label Printer Tapes 130-131 Label Printers 130-131 Labels 53-56 Ladders 159-161, 164 Large Folding Box Trucks 84 Lift Stackers 93 Linbenches & accessories 106-107 Linbin Cabinet kits 62-63 Linbin Divider Packs 5, 7 Linbin Trays & Accessories 12-13 Linbin Trolley Kit 10 H Linbins 4-7, 9-11 90, 94 Hand Pallet Truck Linspace Benches 106-107 70-78 Handling, Containers & Pallets Linspace Shelving & Accessories 27-32 84 Handy Trolleys Litter Bins 152 140-141, 144-145 Hazardous Drum Storage Load Notices 53 Lockers 60-61 Longspan Shelving & Accessories 33-37 Louvre panels, trolleys & kits 6, 8-11

M

Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay Markers 56 Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip 53 Magnetic Label Holders 55 Magnetic Location Markers 53 Magnetic Numbers & Letters 54 Medical Kit 136-139 Mesh partitioning 169 149-150 Hazardous Storage Cabinets Mesh Shelving 38-40, 169 HazMat Stations 144 META Boltless Shelving 21-26 136-154 Health, Safety, Waste & Environmental META Shelving Projects 168 High Bay Racking 166 Mezzanine Floors 172 89 Hydraulic Jacks Mobile Shelving 26 Mobile Steps 157-158, 162-163 I Mobile Workbench 95 Mobiles, Trucks & Trolleys 80-104 IBC stations and pallets 142-145 Module Containers 145 Identification and Labelling 53-56 Multi Tier Racking 167-168 Industrial Cupboards 62-65 174

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

O

Office Chairs 132-134 Office Desks 122-125 Office Furniture & Storage 122-127, 132-134 Office Label Printers 130-131 Office Partitioning 170 Office Seating 132-134 Office Storage 126-127 Oil Spill Kit Unit 146-147

Index

R Rack Protection Systems 43-52 Racking & Warehouse Equipment 42-58 Racksack 54 Recycling Bins 153 Rocker trucks 83 Roll Containers 103-104 Rubber Barrier Protection System 50

S Sack Trucks

85-87

Open Front Containers 4-7, 9-11 Outdoor Litter Bins 152, 154 Pallet Floor Markers 56 Pallet Live Racking 167 Pallet Racking & Accessories 42-45 Pallet Racking Kits 44-45 Pallet Stacker 93-94 Pallet Trucks & Lifting Tables 90-94 Pallets 74-75 Partitioning 169-170 Picking Trolley 99 Pigeon Hole Cabinets 66-67 Plastic Pallets 75 Platform Trolleys 100-102

Safes 129 Safety Barriers 50-52 Safety Steps 157-163 Salt/Grit Bins 151 Scale Indicators 58 Scales 57-58 Scissor Lift tables 92 Security Cabinets 129 Security Cage Kit 40 Security Cupboard 127 Security Key Cabinets 128 Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels 54 Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders 55 Self-Adhesive Magnetic Strip 53 Sentri Boxes 120 Sharps Boxes 137 Shelving - Apex Longspan 33-37 Shelving - Chrome Wire 38-40

Platform Trucks 100-102 Platforms & Combination Ladders 164 Post Barriers 48 PPE Cabinets 150 Projects 166-172 Push Back Racking 167

Index

P

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk

175


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Index

Vehicle First Aid Bag Shelving - Linspace 27-32 136 Vertical Storage Rack Shelving - META 21-26 47 Very Narrow Aisle Racking Shelving - Zamba 18-20 166 Visitor Chairs Shelving & Accessories 18-40 133 VTO Trays Shortspan 18-40 12-13 Site Security Boxes 120 Skates & Lifting Jacks 89 Small Parts Cabinets 14-15 Small Parts Storage 4-16 Spill Control Kits 146-147 Spill Station 146 Stack and Nest Containers 73 Stacker 93-94 Steel Barrier Systems 50-52 Steel Bin Cabinets 66-67 Steel Drawer Cabinets 68 Steel Lockers 60 W Steel Trolleys 82 Stepladders 159-161 Wall Mounted Barriers 49-50 Steps, Ladders & Access Products 99, 156-164 Wall Mounted Cupboards 115 Storage Bin Cabinets 15 Wall Shelving 19, 40 Storage Bins 4-7, 9-16 Warehouse Column Protection 50-52 Storage Cabinets 62-65 Warehouse Floor Markers and Signals 56 Storage Containers 4-16, 70-74 Warehouse Information Labels 54-56 Sump Pallets 140-141 Weighing Pallet Trucks 91 Suspended Ceilings & Lighting 171 Weighing Scales 57-58

T Tambour Cupboards 126 Tare Scales 57-58 Temporary Barriers 48-49 Tool Storage Boxes & Vaults 120

Weight Load Notices 53 Wheel along steps 157-158, 162-163 Wheelie Bins 154 Wide Aisle Racking 166 Widespan 33-37

80, 97 Tray Trolley 80-82, 84, 95-102 Trolleys Turntable Trucks 101 157 Twin Steps

Wire Shelving 38-40 Workbench Accessories 107-109 Workbenches 106-113 Workdesks 117 U Workshop and Service Trolleys 95-102 Uniform Lockers 61 Workshop Cabinets 62-65, 114-117 Workshop Storage 114-117 V Workshop Trolleys 98 120 Van and Vehicle Boxes Workshop, Benches & Tool storage 106-120 129 Vaults Workstations and Workbenches 19, 106-113, 117 176

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


We’re here to help The SD catalogue and website is unique. It’s the only one dedicated to storage and handling that provides a personal, one to one service to help advise you. This is particularly valuable if you are considering a major storage project where you require a solution tailored to your specific needs. Whatever you want, please call us. Even if it’s not in this catalogue, we may be able to help you.

Tel.

@

www.

01446 772614

storagedirect@storage-design.ltd.uk

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Terms and Conditions How to order Orders can be placed by fax, e-mail, in writing or entered online. There is no minimum order value. Non-account customers Orders need to be accompanied by a cheque for the full value of the order and VAT. If you wish to open an account please provide us with the name and address of your bank as well as the names and addresses of two companies with whom you already have an account, to enable us to take up references. Please note that there can be some delay with opening accounts as we are reliant on others responding quickly. We suggest that if you wish to open an account you pay by cheque or credit card for your first order and at the same time send us the necessary information as detailed above. Account Customers All invoices are net and payable within 30 (Thirty) Days. Carriage charges Carriage is FREE to destinations within the UK (except the north of Scotland and Cornwall - call for details) on orders over £150 before VAT. On orders under £150 before VAT there will be a £10 delivery administration charge. Timed and day specific deliveries can

be accommodated but at an extra cost. Charges to destinations outside mainland UK, available upon request. All product lead times are available on request. Overnight express delivery Urgent orders can often be dispatched by our overnight service, please ask for details when ordering Call and Collect To save time - you can collect your products. Please discuss this when placing your order so we can agree a convenient time for you. VAT Prices in this catalogue do not include VAT. Returned goods Every effort is made to ensure that your order arrives in perfect condition. However, if goods are damaged on arrival or incorrect, please telephone to ascertain the correct procedure for return. In the case of goods that have been incorrectly ordered, we require all carriage costs to be paid together with a restocking charge. If goods are damaged on arrival we recommend that you refuse delivery or sign as damaged and contact us within 24 hours (within a maximum of 3 working

days). Bespoke or manufactured to order products are not returnable. This does not affect your statutory rights. The Storage Direct Product Range This catalogue does not represent the full range of Storage Direct products. It covers the most popular products that are available for fast delivery through this catalogue. If you cannot find the ideal solution for your needs, just call our helpline 01446 772614. With the backing of over 30 years’ experience we’re confident we’ll be able to provide you with the best option. Our Guarantee All Storage Direct products are manufactured with careful consideration to safety and efficiency and meet with the latest regulations specified by SEMA, the Storage Equipment Manufacturers Association. Conditions of business Storage Design Limited believes that the information in this catalogue is correct at the time of publication, However, the information is subject to change without notice and is not intended as a commitment by Storage Design Limited or its appointed agents. Storage Design Limited does not accept liability for any errors or omissions and reserves the right to change information, specifications

and descriptions of listed goods, products and services. Reservation of title to goods Title and property of goods and services shall remain vested in Storage Design Limited (not withstanding the delivery or possession of the same and the passing of the risk therein to the customer) until the price of the goods or services has been paid in full. Terms and Conditions of Trading All sales are subject to our Terms and Conditions of Trading, copies of which are available on request. Copyright Except when supplied by third parties the copyright of all images, text and graphics in this catalogue belong to Storage Direct. Any reproduction should not be undertaken without written permission. Errors and Omissions Storage Design Limited does not accept liability for any errors or omissions and reserves the right to change information, specifications and descriptions of listed goods, products and services.


storage design limited

2011

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

email storagedirect@storage-design.ltd.uk tel 01446 772614 fax 01446 774770

sd18

Storage Design Limited Primrose Hill Cowbridge South Wales CF71 7DU

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

storage design limited

Visit our website and order online See our latest promotions & offers


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.